TW546999B - Semiconductor element, method of manufacturing semiconductor element, multi-layer printed circuit board, and method of manufacturing multi-layer printed circuit board - Google Patents
Semiconductor element, method of manufacturing semiconductor element, multi-layer printed circuit board, and method of manufacturing multi-layer printed circuit board Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW546999B TW546999B TW90108562A TW90108562A TW546999B TW 546999 B TW546999 B TW 546999B TW 90108562 A TW90108562 A TW 90108562A TW 90108562 A TW90108562 A TW 90108562A TW 546999 B TW546999 B TW 546999B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- layer
- wiring board
- resin
- printed wiring
- multilayer printed
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01013—Aluminum [Al]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01029—Copper [Cu]
Landscapes
- Production Of Multi-Layered Print Wiring Board (AREA)
Abstract
Description
546999 五、發明說明(1) [技術領域] 本發明是有關於1C晶片等的半導體元件,以及半導體 元件的製造方法,特別是有關於内藏半導體元件之多層印 刷電路板,及多層印刷電路板之製造方法。 [背景技術] 1C晶片是藉由電線接合(wire bonding)、TAB、覆晶 結合(fl ip-chip)等的構裝方法,而取得與印刷電路板的 電性連續。 冤踝逑結是籍由接著劑使IC晶片晶粒連結於印刷電路 板,以金屬等的電線連續該印刷電路板的墊與丨c晶片的墊 後,為了保護1C晶片與電線而施加熱硬化 性樹脂等的封裝樹脂。 树細及…』3 η 藉由銲錫稱為引腳(lead)的線等一起連續1C晶 印刷電路板的墊後,以樹脂進行封裝。 分連匕使1c晶片與印刷電路板的塾部 然而,各以i;凸,的空隙而進行。 經由連接用的引腳裳疋在1 c晶片與印刷電路板之間 連接。該等各弓丨腳i件引腳、凸塊)❿進行電性 片之=接:斷、錯誤動作的原::腐钱’因此成為與1(;晶 人,各個包裝方 、 熱可塑性樹脂進行封裝,^ I保濩I C晶片以環氧樹脂等的 成為氣泡的起點,而^疋填充該樹脂時因含有氣泡, 信賴性的降低。 ,零件的破壞和IC墊的腐 、7塑性樹脂封裝,必須結合各個零件 546999 五、發明說明(2) 而做成樹脂填裝用柱塞(plunger)、模型,又,即使是熱 硬化性樹脂亦無法選定考慮引腳零件、銲錫光阻(s〇ide、;; r-wM)之材質等之樹脂,因此亦成為成本變高的原因。 的外ί::面’如上述由不能再印刷配線|(構裝基板) 的外部女裝1C晶4,因此藉由在基板中埋入半導體元件, :2層,形成疊合層而取得電性接續之習知技術已揭露 有特開平 9-32U08 號(USP58751 00 )、特開平 1〇_256429 號’特開平1 1 -1 26978號等。 特開平9-32U08號(USP58751 〇〇) ’係於晶粒墊上形 成螺栓凸塊(stud bump)之半導體元件埋入印刷配線板, 在螺栓凸塊上形成配線而取得電性接續。然而,該螺栓凸 塊因為是洋蔥狀且高度變化大,形成層間絕緣層時, 性降低,即使形成介層窗亦不容易接續 =凸塊一個一個植設’無法一起配設…產性來;; 特開平1 0-256429號,揭露收容半導體元件於陶美 板’以覆晶結合型態而電性接續之構造。然而,陶究% 性差,無法收納半導體元件…該凸塊 =亦增加。因此損及層間絕緣層的平滑性,而整個降低^ 續0 特開平1 1 -1 26978號,揭露在空隙的收容部埋入 ;元,等的電子零件導體電路接續,而經由介層窗積 藏之夕層印刷配線板。然而,因為收容部有空隙, = 起位置偏移,,亦引起與半導體元件的墊未接續。 : 546999546999 V. Description of the Invention (1) [Technical Field] The present invention relates to semiconductor devices such as 1C wafers, and a method for manufacturing semiconductor devices, and more particularly to a multilayer printed circuit board with a built-in semiconductor element and a multilayer printed circuit board. Of manufacturing method. [Background Art] A 1C chip is electrically connected to a printed circuit board by a construction method such as wire bonding, TAB, or flip-chip bonding. The IC chip is connected to the printed circuit board by an adhesive, and the pad of the printed circuit board and the pad of the c chip are continuously connected by a wire such as a metal, and then thermally hardened to protect the 1C chip and the wire. Encapsulating resin such as flexible resin. The tree is thin and ... ”3 η After the pad of the 1C crystal printed circuit board is continuously connected together by soldering a wire called a lead, etc., it is encapsulated with resin. Separating the dagger between the 1c chip and the crotch of the printed circuit board, however, each proceeded with a convex space. A connection is made between the 1 c chip and the printed circuit board via a connection pin. Each of these bows (pins, pins, bumps) ❿ for the electrical piece = connection: broken, wrong action of the original :: rotten money 'so it becomes the same as 1 (; crystal, each packaging side, thermoplastic resin For encapsulation, IC chip ICs start with bubbles such as epoxy resins, and when they are filled with this resin, they contain bubbles, which reduces reliability. Damage to parts and corrosion of IC pads, 7 plastic resin packaging It must be combined with each part 546999 V. Description of the invention (2) The plunger and model for resin filling are made, and even the thermosetting resin cannot be selected considering the lead parts and solder resist (s〇). (ide, ;; r-wM) and other resins, so it has also become a cause of higher costs. The outer ::: surface, as described above, can not be printed wiring | (structured substrate) external women's clothing 1C crystal 4 Therefore, by burying semiconductor elements in the substrate, two layers, forming a laminated layer to obtain electrical continuity, conventional techniques have been disclosed in JP-A-9-32U08 (USP58751 00) and JP-A-10_256429. 'Japanese Patent Application No. 1 1 -1 26978 etc. Japanese Patent Application No. 9-32U08 (USP58751 〇〇) 'The semiconductor elements forming stud bumps on the die pad are embedded in the printed wiring board, and wiring is formed on the stud bumps to obtain electrical connection. However, the stud bumps are onion-shaped and The height changes greatly, and when the interlayer insulation layer is formed, the performance is reduced, and even if the interlayer window is formed, it is not easy to connect = the bumps are planted one by one 'can not be installed together ... produced by nature; The structure of the semiconductor element on the Taomei board is electrically connected in the form of flip-chip bonding. However, the ceramic properties are poor, and semiconductor elements cannot be accommodated ... the bumps = also increase. Therefore, the smoothness of the interlayer insulation layer is impaired, and Decrease the whole ^ Continued 0 JP-A No. 1 1 -1 26978, unveiled in the receiving part of the gap; Yuan, and other electronic parts are connected to the conductor circuit, and the printed wiring board is stored through the interlayer window. However, because There is a gap in the accommodating part, = the position is shifted, and it also causes the connection with the pad of the semiconductor element. 546999
因此晶粒墊上易有氧化覆 其目的為提供不經由引腳 電性接續之半導體元件的 使晶粒墊與導體電路直接接續, 膜,而增加電阻的問題。 本發明係有鑑於上述問題, 零件,而得到與印刷配線板直接 製造方法。 又,由於埋入半 半導體元件發生的熱 部配線發生斷線,有 本發明為了解決 高的半導體元件之多 的製造方法。 此外,無法有效 之印刷配線板。 本發明為了解決 得内藏#賴性南的半 法0 導體元件於樹脂製的印刷配線板,與 ’在印刷配線板發生彎曲(warp),内 降低信賴性的問題。 上述課題,其目的為提供内藏信賴性 層印刷配線板以及該多層印刷配線板 率地製造内藏信賴性高的半導體元件 上述課題,其目的為提供有效率地製 導體元件之多層印刷配線板的製造方 又,使用埋入、收容、收納半導體元件之基板構成之 多層印刷配線板作為構裝基板、晶片組(chip set)等的場 合,藉由與外部基板(稱為子板、母板)電性接續,而能 發揮機能。因此’該多層印刷配線板上必須配設BGA和導 電性接續銷(PGA)。該BGA、PGA!在多層印刷配線板的 表層之銲錫光阻層上,配設銲錫墊而形成。 然而,對埋入半導體元件之基板在表層配設銲錫凸 塊’而與外部基板電性接續進行機能試驗和信賴性試驗Therefore, the die pad is susceptible to oxidation. The purpose is to provide a semiconductor element that is not electrically connected through the pins, so that the die pad and the conductor circuit are directly connected to each other, and the film increases the problem of resistance. The present invention is a method for directly manufacturing a printed wiring board by obtaining a component in view of the above problems. In addition, there are many manufacturing methods for solving the problem of high semiconductor devices due to disconnection of the hot part wiring generated by the embedded semi-semiconductor device. In addition, the printed wiring board cannot be effectively used. In order to solve this problem, the present invention solves the problem that the built-in semi-conductor 0 conductor elements of Lai-Nan 0 are contained in a resin-made printed wiring board, and warping occurs in the printed wiring board, thereby reducing reliability. The above-mentioned problem is to provide a printed circuit board with a built-in reliability layer and the multilayer printed wiring board to efficiently manufacture a semiconductor device with a high built-in reliability. The above-mentioned problem is to provide a multilayer printed wiring board that efficiently produces a conductive element. In addition, when a multi-layer printed wiring board composed of a substrate in which semiconductor elements are embedded, housed, or housed is used as a structure substrate, a chip set, etc., it is connected to an external substrate (called a daughter board or a mother board). ) Electrical connection, and can perform functions. Therefore, 'the multilayer printed wiring board must be provided with a BGA and a conductive connection pin (PGA). The BGA and PGA! Are formed by disposing a solder pad on a solder photoresist layer on the surface of a multilayer printed wiring board. However, a solder bump is provided on the surface layer of a substrate embedded with a semiconductor element, and a functional test and a reliability test are electrically connected to the external substrate.
546999 五、發明說明(4) 時’確認在層間絕緣層、銲錫光阻 銲錫光阻層、銲錫凸塊以及銲錫凸=沾層間樹脂絕緣層和 和耐蝕金屬等)發生剝離, 、周圍(意指銲錫層 移。特別是,貫通層間絕緣層而有= : = =和位置偏 上發生裂痕。因此,可瞭解到:在+導體兀件的墊 接續和信賴性的降低。 ’塊與導體電路的電性 其目的為提供電性接續性 特別是内藏半導體元件之 創造出在半導體元件的晶 本發明為了解決上述問題 和信賴性高的多層印刷配線板 多層印刷配線板。 本發明人詳細研究的姓果 粒塾上,形成過渡層。且;^兮$二二叫二卞守Μ 70件的晶 •te λ \h ^ ^ k /又層之半導體元件,即使 埋入、收納、收谷於印刷配線板,其上施加層間 声, 而形成介層窗亦能得到所希望的大小和形狀。、、、曰 Η二下Ξ明K晶片的晶粒墊上設置過渡層的理由。1C晶 : 般是以紹等製造的。未形成過渡層的晶粒 叙執=I ί Τ成層間絕緣層的介層窗時,若是原來的晶 曝光、.4像後於墊的表層容易殘留樹脂。因此容易因 』像液之附著而引起墊的變色。另一方面,纟以雷射形成 ”層窗的場合’亦有燒損銘墊的危險。又,以不燒損的條 件,行時,則在墊上發生樹脂殘留。又,後續步驟,以酸 和氧化劑或蝕刻液浸潰,經過各種回火(anneal )步驟,會 有1C晶片的塾的變色、溶解。並且,1C晶片的塾,以40 // m左右的直徑做成,介層窗較大,因為必有位置公差,容 易引起位置偏移等,發生未接續等。 546999 五、發明說明(6) 以下說明本發明定義之過渡層。 ,渡層’並未用於習知技術的10晶片構裝技術,直是 ‘置之ΐ = 件1C晶片與印刷配線板直接接續,而 二置之中間的仲介層。其特徵為以2層以上的金 成。或者,其係大於半導體元件曰7 切一 守版兀仵之1 L晶片的晶粒墊。藉 曰抑i而電性的接續和位置吻合性,且可能進行不合傷及 曰日本墊之雷射和蝕刻液之介層窗。 ^ 上〃了直接形成印刷配線板之導體層的金 π本絕緣層的介層窗和基板上:穿“: TF為本發明所用之内藏lCg 基板,可使用# 4槲日匕榮λα日片4的電子零件的樹脂製 了使用衣氧树月曰專的補強材料和心材含读於声g與 脂、BT樹脂、齡樹脂等之樹 :氧樹 用者。除此之外,亦可使用—^^用―般的印刷配線板使 有金屬膜之樹脂板,樹脂薄膜積層板、片面板、沒 溫度時樹腊會完全溶解但是’施加35。。。以上的 在1C晶片的全面進行逾 導電性的金屬膜。該金屬„'物理蒸著,全面性形成 亞岛始、金、銅等為佳。厚瓦録 者為佳。特佳為〇· “〜丨· 〇 。又· 0卜2· 0 /zm之間形成 在該金屬膜上,可再以盔 侧的金屬膜,以丨層以上的鎳、、、、電解電鍍專設置金屬膜。上 佳。厚度較佳為〇. 01〜5 〇 、,δ、金、銀等形成的為 5·〇 ,特佳為0·卜3.0 。 2160-3798-pf.ptd $ 9頁 546999 五、發明說明(7) -- 在該金屬膜上,以無電解或電解電鍍賦予厚度。形成 電鍍的種類為鎳、銅、金、銀、亞鉛、鐵等。因為電性、 經濟性’還有後續形成之疊合之導體層主要為銅,較佳是 使用銅。該厚度以卜20 之範圍進行為佳。比該厚度厚$ 時’姓刻時引起底切,而於形成之過渡層與介層窗界面發 生空隙。之後,形成蝕刻光阻,曝光、顯像露出過渡層以 外部分的金屬而進行蝕刻,而在IC晶片的晶粒墊上形&過 渡層。546999 5. In the description of the invention (4), 'confirm that peeling occurs in the interlayer insulation layer, solder photoresist, solder bump, solder bumps = interlayer resin insulation layer, and corrosion-resistant metal, etc. Solder layer migration. In particular, cracks occur on the interlayer insulation layer and =: = = and positional deviations. Therefore, it can be understood that the pad connection and reliability of the + conductor element are reduced. 'Block and conductor circuit The purpose of electrical properties is to provide electrical continuity, especially the creation of crystals in semiconductor components. The present invention is a multilayer printed wiring board that solves the above problems and has high reliability. The multilayer printed wiring board has been studied in detail by the inventors. The last name is the fruit grain, and a transition layer is formed. And; 兮 西 $ 二 二 叫 二 卞 守 M 70 pieces of crystals • te λ \ h ^ ^ k / another layer of semiconductor elements, even if buried, stored, and harvested in For printed wiring boards, interlayer sounds are applied to form the interlayer window to obtain the desired size and shape. Reasons for setting a transition layer on the die pad of the K-wafer K wafer. 1C crystal: General Is Shao and other systems When the interlayer window is formed into an interlayer insulating layer, if the original crystal is exposed, the resin layer on the surface of the pad after the .4 image is likely to leave resin. Therefore, it is easy to cause the image liquid. It may cause discoloration of the pads. On the other hand, when "layer windows are formed by lasers", there is a danger of burning the pads. In addition, under the condition of not burning, resin residues may occur on the pads during operation. In the subsequent steps, immersion with acid and oxidant or etching solution, after various tempering (anneal) steps, there will be discoloration and dissolution of the plutonium of the 1C wafer. In addition, the plutonium of the 1C wafer is about 40 // m The diameter is made, the interlayer window is large, because there must be position tolerance, it is easy to cause position shift, etc., non-continuity, etc. 546999 V. Description of the invention (6) The following describes the transition layer defined by the present invention. The 10-chip mounting technology that is not used in the conventional technology is directly placed. The 1C wafer is directly connected to the printed wiring board, and the intermediate interposer is placed in the middle. It is characterized by more than 2 layers of gold. Or , Which is larger than the semiconductor element The die pad of the Vulture 1 L wafer. The electrical continuity and positional consistency of the chip are suppressed, and the interlayer window of the laser and etching solution may be damaged, which is not suitable for the Japanese pad. ^ Directly On the interlayer window and substrate of the gold π insulating layer forming the conductor layer of the printed wiring board: TF: TF is a built-in 1Cg substrate used in the present invention, and # 4 槲 日 日 荣 λα 日 片 4's electronic parts can be used Resin is made of oxygenation tree, which is a special reinforcement material and heartwood. It is a tree of oxidized g and fat, BT resin, age resin, etc .: Oxygen tree users. In addition, you can also use-^^ 用―General printed wiring board is made of resin sheet with metal film, resin film laminated board, sheet panel, wax will completely dissolve when there is no temperature, but 'Apply 35. . . All of the above-mentioned 1C wafers are over-conductive metal films. The metal is physically vaporized, and it is better to form Yashima, gold, copper, etc. It is better to be thick-walled. Particularly good is 〇 · "~ 丨 · 〇. Also formed on this metal film is a metal film on the helmet side, and a metal film can be provided with more than one layer of nickel, aluminum, and electrolytic plating. Excellent. The thickness is preferably 0.01 to 5 Å, and δ, gold, silver, or the like is formed to 5 · 0, particularly preferably 0. Bu 3.0. 2160-3798-pf.ptd $ 9 pages 546999 V. Description of the invention (7)-The metal film is given thickness by electroless or electrolytic plating. The types of electroplating are nickel, copper, gold, silver, lead, iron, and the like. Because the electrical, economical, and subsequent superimposed conductor layers are mainly copper, copper is preferred. The thickness is preferably performed in the range of Bu. Thicker than this thickness causes undercuts when the last name is engraved, and voids occur at the interface between the formed transition layer and the interlayer window. After that, an etching photoresist is formed, and the metal outside the transition layer is exposed and developed to perform etching, and an & transition layer is formed on the die pad of the IC wafer.
又,除了上述過渡層的製造方法以外,亦可在形成於 1C晶片以及核心基板之上面的金屬膜上形成薄膜光阻而除 去過渡層的部分,以電解電鍍賦予厚度後,剝離光阻而以 触刻液,同樣地在I c晶片的墊上形成過渡層。 本發明人詳細研究的結果,瞭解到埋設於印刷配線板 之半導體元件的裡面安裝散熱器,散去發生於半導體元件 的熱,而不會在印刷配線板發生彎曲、斷線,可得到信賴 5丰t =:t半導體元件以樹脂形成疊合配線,可適當取 付+導體TL件與印刷配線板的接續。 散熱器Ϊ半導體元件’經由導電性接著劑而4 : 接著劑熱傳導性高,可有效率; 4政”、、态處散去發生於半導體元件的熱。 链而=上if Γ月,積層具有收容1c晶片的通孔之預浸, Hii壓。從預浸料达擠出環氧樹脂,覆蓋於I。 的上面成為办又枓坯硬化而成之核心基4 成為w千坦的。所以’形成疊合層時,可是當;In addition to the method for manufacturing the above-mentioned transition layer, a thin-film photoresist may be formed on the metal film formed on the 1C wafer and the core substrate to remove the portion of the transition layer. After thickness is provided by electrolytic plating, the photoresist is peeled off to Touching the etching solution, a transition layer is formed on the pad of the IC wafer similarly. As a result of detailed research, the inventor has learned that a heat sink is installed inside a semiconductor element buried in a printed wiring board, and heat generated in the semiconductor element is dissipated without bending or disconnection in the printed wiring board. Feng t =: t semiconductor elements are made of laminated wiring with resin, and the + conductor TL and the printed wiring board can be properly connected. Heat sink ΪSemiconductor element 'via conductive adhesive 4: The thermal conductivity of the adhesive is high and can be efficient; the heat generated by the semiconductor element is dissipated in the "state", and the chain has an upper layer, if the layer has The prepreg of the through hole containing the 1c wafer is Hii pressed. The epoxy resin is extruded from the prepreg and covered with I. The top of the core becomes the core base 4 which is hardened from the preform. So it becomes 'W Qiantan'. When forming a superimposed layer, but when;
546999 五、發明說明(9) 申請專利範圍第3 5項的發明,是在核心基板的通孔的 底部的薄片上,端子接合於薄片而載置半導體元件,在該 通孔内填充樹脂後,剝除薄片,而形成疊合層。即,由於 以端子接合薄片而載置半導體元件,剝除該薄片後,於半 導體元件形成疊合層,端子與疊合層的配線可適當電性接 續’能製造信賴性高的半導體元件内藏多層印刷配線板。 申請專利範圍第36項之多層印刷配線板的製造方法, 至少具有以下的(a)〜(i)的步驟: (a) 在形成於核心基板之通孔的底部塗敷薄片;546999 V. Description of the invention (9) The invention in the 35th aspect of the patent application is that the terminal is bonded to the sheet on the sheet at the bottom of the through hole of the core substrate to mount the semiconductor element, and the resin is filled in the through hole. The sheet is peeled off to form a laminated layer. That is, since a semiconductor element is mounted with a terminal bonding sheet, and after the sheet is peeled off, a laminated layer is formed on the semiconductor element, and the wiring of the terminal and the laminated layer can be electrically connected appropriately. Multilayer printed wiring board. The method for manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board with the scope of application for patent No. 36 has at least the following steps (a) to (i): (a) coating a sheet on the bottom of a through hole formed on the core substrate;
(b) 在前述通孔的底部之前述薄片上,將端子接合於 前述薄片而載置半導體元件; (c )在前述通孔内填充樹脂; (d )加壓以及暫時硬化前述樹脂; (e )剝離前述薄片; (f )研磨前述核心基板的底部側,使前述半導體元件 的底部露出; (g) 暫時硬化前述樹脂; (h) 在前述半導體元件的底部安裝放熱板;以及 (i) 在前述半導體元件的上面形成疊合層。(b) bonding a terminal to the sheet to mount a semiconductor element on the sheet at the bottom of the via; (c) filling the via with a resin; (d) pressing and temporarily hardening the resin; (e) ) Peeling the sheet; (f) grinding the bottom side of the core substrate to expose the bottom of the semiconductor element; (g) temporarily hardening the resin; (h) installing a heat radiation plate on the bottom of the semiconductor element; and (i) the A stacked layer is formed on the semiconductor element.
申请專利範圍第3 6項的發明,是在核心基板的通孔的 ‘底部的薄片上,端子接合於薄片而载置半導體元件,在該 通孔内填充樹脂後,剝除薄片,而形成疊合層。即,由於 以端子接合薄片而載置半導體元件,剝除該薄片後,於半 導體元件形成疊合層,端子與疊合層的配線可適當電性接The invention according to the 36th aspect of the patent application is that a semiconductor element is mounted on the sheet at the bottom of the through hole of the core substrate by bonding to the sheet, and after filling the resin in the through hole, the sheet is peeled off to form a stack.合 层。 Combined layers. That is, since a semiconductor element is mounted with a terminal bonding sheet, after the sheet is peeled off, a laminated layer is formed on the semiconductor element, and the wiring of the terminal and the laminated layer can be properly electrically connected.
546999546999
五、發明說明(ίο) 續,能製造信賴性高的半導體元件内藏多層印刷配線板。 又,因為研磨核心基板的底部側,使半導舻-二a十 ^ /L f件的底 部露出,可在半導體70件的底部安裝放熱板,而能 導體元件的動作的穩定性。 ^ ^ 使用以UV照射降低黏著力之UV膠帶作為覆蓋核、A板 的通孔的薄片為適當。因為以UV照射,在半導體‘二“】 子接著劑剝落而不會殘留’端子與疊合層的配線可電 性接續,而能製造信賴性高的半導體元件内藏多層$二配 線板。 又 心基板 多層印 在 的。藉 留,可 板的平 中 入、收 與導體 窗電性 ,外的 中 板的半 基板上 ,在減壓下進行樹脂的加壓為適當。藉由減壓,核 與樹脂之間,以及樹脂中部會有氣泡殘留,可提S 刷配線板的信賴性。 Μ 形成於核心基板的通孔設置拔梢(taper)亦為適當 t,核心基板的通孔與樹脂之間沒有氣泡和溝殘" 提高多層印刷配線板的信賴性。又,可確保核心美 坦性。 、X 土V. Description of the Invention (ίο) Continuing, it is possible to manufacture highly reliable semiconductor elements with built-in multilayer printed wiring boards. In addition, since the bottom side of the core substrate is polished to expose the bottom of the semiconducting semiconductor 二 -αa 十 ^ / L f, a heat radiation plate can be attached to the bottom of the 70 semiconductors, and the operation stability of the conductor element can be improved. ^ ^ It is appropriate to use a UV tape that reduces the adhesion by UV irradiation as a sheet covering the through holes of the core and A plate. Because of UV irradiation, the semiconductor “secondary” sub-adhesive is peeled off without leaving any residue. The terminal and the wiring of the laminated layer can be electrically connected, and a highly reliable semiconductor element can be built with a multi-layer $ 2 wiring board. The core substrate is printed on multiple layers. By borrowing it, the plate can be inserted and retracted in the middle and the electrical properties of the conductor window. On the outer half plate of the middle plate, it is appropriate to pressurize the resin under reduced pressure. By reducing the pressure, There will be air bubbles remaining between the core and the resin, as well as in the middle of the resin, which can improve the reliability of the S brush wiring board. Μ The through hole formed in the core substrate is also provided with a suitable taper. The through hole of the core substrate and the resin There are no air bubbles or grooves between them. "Improve the reliability of the multilayer printed wiring board. Also, it can ensure the core beauty. X soil
2專利範圍第41項所記載的多層印刷配線板,在埋 =或收納半導體元件之基板上重複形成層間絕緣層 ς,在前述層間絕緣層形成介層窗,經由前述介層 π接’其中僅於前述基板内的半導體元件之正上方 ^域形成外部連接端子。 ^ ^利範圍第4 1項的發明,區別内藏多層印刷電路 Μ f疋件之基板上的區域,與未内藏半導體元件之 、品域。於是’在未内藏半導體元件之基板上的區2 The multilayer printed wiring board described in item 41 of the patent scope, the interlayer insulation layer is repeatedly formed on the substrate where the semiconductor element is buried or housed, the interlayer window is formed in the aforementioned interlayer insulation layer, and An external connection terminal is formed on a region directly above the semiconductor element in the substrate. ^ The invention according to item 41 of the scope of benefit distinguishes the area on the substrate of the built-in multilayer printed circuit MEMS component from the product area of the semiconductor component that is not built-in. Thus, the area on the substrate on which the semiconductor element is not built
546999 五、發明說明(11) 域配設外部接續端子(BGA/PGA )。 上述之外部接續端子的周圍等發生的剝離、 因為半導體元件、外部基板、層間絕緣層 K且= 的熱膨脹係數的差而產生的。即,陶莞組成之 以及外部基板,熱膨脹係數小,因熱膨服之伸縮也小= 一方面,樹脂組成之層間絕緣層以及銲錫光阻層,盥: ,兀件以及外部基板比較熱膨脹係數大以; :縮亦大。該熱膨脹係數的*,應力集中於外部接= (BGA/PGA)的周圍等而發生剝離、裂痕。 〜 總之,因為藉由配設外部接續端子⑼以/ 藏半導體元件的基板上的區•,可減小熱膨脹之):未内 =,止於外部接續端子(BGA/PGA)的周圍等而發生剝^而 ίί 卜部接續端子(BGA/PGA)的脫落和位置 移 而了此提尚電性接續性和信賴性。 在此,外部接續端子,在構裝IC晶 :取?外部基板,所謂母板,子板的接續2用 4子疋指BGA、PGA以及銲錫凸塊。 π案的 項所Γΐ” if第42項的發明,是在申請專利範圍第“546999 V. Description of the Invention (11) The domain is equipped with external connection terminals (BGA / PGA). The above-mentioned peeling of the external connection terminals and the like occurs due to the difference in thermal expansion coefficient of the semiconductor element, the external substrate, and the interlayer insulating layer K and. That is, the thermal expansion coefficient of the ceramic composition and the external substrate is small, and the expansion and contraction due to the thermal expansion clothing is also small = On the one hand, the interlayer insulating layer of the resin composition and the solder photoresist layer, the components, and the external substrate have a larger thermal expansion coefficient To;: shrink is also large. The thermal expansion coefficient *, stress is concentrated around the external connection = (BGA / PGA), etc., and peeling or cracking occurs. ~ In short, it is possible to reduce the thermal expansion by arranging the external terminal ⑼ / to hide the area on the substrate of the semiconductor element.): Not inside =, it only occurs around the external terminal (BGA / PGA), etc. The peeling off and position of the extension terminal (BGA / PGA) of the Bu Department has improved the electrical continuity and reliability. Here, the external connection terminal is used to construct the IC crystal. The external substrate, the so-called mother board, is used for connection 2 of the daughter board. 4 daughter boards refer to BGA, PGA, and solder bumps. The invention of item π in the case of π ”if the invention of item 42 is
配線板,其技術特徵為前述半 件的墊邛/刀,形成用以與形成於最下声導體7L 之前述介層窗連接之過渡層。 9冲’L a間絕緣層 申請專利範圍第42項的發明,以覆 而形成過渡層。藉由晶粒墊上設置鋼件的塾 防止溶劑的使用可能殘留在晶粒塾上的樹卩使: Γ^ 第14頁 2160-3798-pf.ptd 546999 五、發明說明(12) 過在後續步驟浸潰於酸和氧化劑或蝕刻液,各種回火 亦不會發生晶粒墊的變色、溶解。能防止晶粒墊的氧; 膜的形成。藉此,使晶粒墊與介層窗的接續性和信賴性 升。並且,藉由在1C晶片的晶粒墊上比2〇大直徑的 】:可確:地接續介層f。過渡層較佳者為 :The wiring board is technically characterized by the pad / knife of the aforementioned half piece, forming a transition layer for connection with the aforementioned interlayer window formed on the lowest acoustic conductor 7L. The 9-layer'L inter-layer insulation layer applies for the 42nd invention of the patent scope to cover the transition layer. Preventing the use of solvents that may be left on the grains by the use of a steel part on the grain pad prevents the use of solvents: Γ ^ Page 14 2160-3798-pf.ptd 546999 V. Description of the invention (12) In the next step It is immersed in acid and oxidant or etching solution, and it will not cause discoloration and dissolution of the grain pad in various tempering. Can prevent the oxygen of the die pad; film formation. This improves the continuity and reliability of the die pad and the interlayer window. In addition, by using a die pad having a diameter larger than 20 on the die pad of the 1C wafer, it can be confirmed that the interlayer f is grounded. The preferred transition layer is:
直徑以上者。 @ π I J μ m r範圍第43項的發明,在中請專利範圍第41項 層印刷配線板,其技術特徵為在埋人、收容或收 件之間填充樹脂填充材料凹“通孔,肖前述半導體元 孔範圍第43項的發明’藉由在基板的凹部或通 元件之間填充樹脂填充材料,使基板與 著性提高。',該樹脂填充材料,因為緩 之應力’可防止核心基板的裂痕、層間樹 的网円楚欲a 日的屈曲。所以,可v止銲錫凸塊 落和位置偏移,所以可提:雷,,可防止銲錫凸塊的脫 充# #,$ ^ k呵電性接續性和信賴性。樹脂填 兄柯枓,可使用熱硬化性 複合體。 、 性树知、熱可塑性樹脂,或該等的Those above the diameter. @ π IJ μmr The invention of item 43 in the scope of the patent, please claim the item 41 of the layered printed wiring board. Its technical feature is to fill the recessed through hole of resin filling material between the buried person, the receiver or the receiver. The 43th invention of the semiconductor element hole range, 'the substrate is improved by filling a resin filling material between the recessed portion of the substrate or the through element.' This resin filling material, because of the gentle stress, prevents the core substrate from The network of cracks and interlayer trees wants to buckle in a day. Therefore, the solder bumps can be stopped and the position can be shifted, so you can mention: Thunder, to prevent the solder bumps from being decharged # # , $ ^ k 呵Electrical continuity and reliability. Thermosetting composites can be used as resin fillers, resins, thermoplastic resins, or the like
圖式簡單說明 第1 圖(A) 、 (Β) 、 ^ 半導體元件的製造步驟圖。)係為本發明之實施例1的 第2 圖(A) 、 (B) 、 (Γ、〆 件的製造步驟圖。 (C)係為實施例1的半導體元BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 1 (A), (B), ^ Manufacturing process diagram of a semiconductor element. ) Is a manufacturing process diagram of the second figure (A), (B), (Γ, 〆) of the first embodiment of the present invention. (C) is a semiconductor element of the first embodiment.
546999 五、發明說明(13) 第3圖(A ) 、 ( B )係為實施例1的半導體元件的製造 步驟圖。 第4圖(A )係為實施例1之矽晶片20A的平面圖,(B )為單片化之半導體元件的平面圖。 第5圖(A ) 、 (B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例之第1改變例 的半導體元件的製造步驟圖。 ,第6圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例1之第1改變例 的半導體元件的製造步驟圖。 第7圖(A ) 、 ( B )係為實施例1之第1改變例的半導546999 V. Description of the invention (13) FIGS. 3 (A) and (B) are manufacturing process diagrams of the semiconductor device of the first embodiment. FIG. 4 (A) is a plan view of the silicon wafer 20A of Example 1, and (B) is a plan view of a singulated semiconductor element. 5 (A), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of a semiconductor device according to a first modification of the embodiment. (A), (B), and (C) of FIG. 6 are manufacturing process diagrams of the semiconductor device according to the first modification of the first embodiment. Figures 7 (A) and (B) are semiconductors which are the first modification of the first embodiment
體元件的製造步驟圖。 第8圖(A )、( Β )、( C )、( D )係為實施例!之第 2改變例的半導體元件的製造步驟圖。 第9圖(A)、(B)、(c)、(D)係為實施例!之第 1改變例的半導體元件的製造步驟圖。 第1 0圖(A )、( B )、( c )、( D )係為實施例i的 多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第11圖⑷、(β)、(C)係為實施例1的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。Manufacturing element diagram of the body element. Fig. 8 (A), (B), (C), (D) are examples! A manufacturing process diagram of a second modification of the semiconductor device. Figure 9 (A), (B), (c), (D) are examples! A manufacturing process diagram of a first modification of the semiconductor device. Figures 10 (A), (B), (c), and (D) are manufacturing process drawings of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example i. Figures 11 (i), (β), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 1.
第12圖.(A)、(B)、(C)係為實施例i的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第 1 3 圖(A ) 、 ( B ) ^ ( C ) # A ^ ^ 1 . 配線板的製造步驟圖。 … & 1 #夕層印刷 第14圖係為實施例1的多層印刷配線板的剖面圖。 第15圖、(β )、(C )、(D )係為實施例1之Fig. 12 (A), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example i. Figure 1 3 (A), (B) ^ (C) #A ^ ^ 1. Manufacturing process diagram of the wiring board. … &Amp; 1 # 夕 层 印刷 Figure 14 is a cross-sectional view of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 1. Fig. 15, (β), (C), (D) are the first embodiment
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第16頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 16 546999
五、發明說明(14) 第1改變例的多層印刷配線板的製 第1 6圖係為實施例1之第1改變彳 剖面圖。 文^例的多層印刷配線板的 第1 7圖係顯示實施例1、 果的圖表。 第1改變例的半導體元件之結 第18圖係顯示第2改變例、第3改變例的半導體元件之 t果的圖表。 第19圖(A)、(B)、(C)係為本發明之實施例2的 夕層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第20圖⑷、(B)、(C)係為實施例2的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第21圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例2的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第2 2圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例2的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第2 3圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例2的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第24圖係為實施例2的多層印刷配線板的剖面圖。 第25圖(A) 、(B) 、(C) 、 (D)係為實施例2之 第1改變例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第26圖係為實施例2之第1改變例的多層印刷配線板的 剖面圖。 第2 7圖(A ) 、 (B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例2之第2改變 例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。5. Description of the invention (14) Production of multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modification FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the first modification 实施 of the first embodiment. Fig. 17 of the multilayer printed wiring board of the example is a graph showing the results of Example 1 and Example. Summary of Semiconductor Element in First Modification FIG. 18 is a graph showing the results of semiconductor elements in the second modification and the third modification. Figs. 19 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing the steps of manufacturing a printed wiring board in accordance with the second embodiment of the present invention. Figures 20 (B), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 2. 21 (A), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 2. FIG. Figures 22 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing the manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 2. Figures 23 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing the manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 2. FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of a multilayer printed wiring board of Example 2. FIG. Figures 25 (A), (B), (C), and (D) are manufacturing process diagrams of a multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modification of the second embodiment. Fig. 26 is a sectional view of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first modification of the second embodiment. Figures 27 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a second modification of the second embodiment.
2160-3798-pf-Ptd 第17頁 546999 五、發明說明(15) 第2 8圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為本發明之實施例3的 多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第2 9圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例3的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 (C )係為實施例3的多層印刷 (C )係為實施例3的多層印刷 (C )係為實施例3的多層印刷 第 30 圖(A ) 、 (B ) 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第31 圖(A ) 、 (B ) 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第 32 圖(A ) 、 (B ) 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第3 3圖係為實施例3的多層印刷配線板的剖面圖。 第34圖(A ) 、(B ) 、(C ) 、(D )係為實施例3之 第1別例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第3 5圖係為實施例3之第1別例的多層印刷配線板的剖 面圖。 第3 6圖(A ) 、 (B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例3之第1改變 例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第3 7圖(A ) 、 (B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例3之第1改變2160-3798-pf-Ptd Page 17 546999 V. Description of the invention (15) Figure 28 (A), (B), (C) are manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the third embodiment of the present invention . Figures 29 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing the manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 3. (C) is the multi-layer printing of Example 3 (C) is the multi-layer printing of Example 3 (C) is the multi-layer printing of Example 3 Fig. 30 (A), (B) Manufacturing process diagram of a wiring board. Fig. 31 (A), (B) Manufacturing process diagram of a wiring board. Figure 32 (A), (B) Manufacturing process diagram of the wiring board. Fig. 33 is a cross-sectional view of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a third embodiment. 34 (A), (B), (C), and (D) are manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to the first other example of the third embodiment. Fig. 35 is a sectional view of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first alternative example of the third embodiment. Figures 36 (A), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of a multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modification of the third embodiment. Fig. 37 (A), (B), (C) are the first modification of the third embodiment
例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第38圖(A) 、 (B ) 、 (C )係為實施例3之第1改變 例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第39圖(A) 、 (B ) 、 (C )係為實施例3之第1改變 例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第4 0圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例3之第1改變Example manufacturing process diagram of a multilayer printed wiring board. Figs. 38 (A), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first modification of the third embodiment. Figures 39 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first modification of the third embodiment. Figure 40 (A), (B), (C) are the first modification of the third embodiment
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第18頁 546999 五、發明說明(16) 例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第4 1圖係為實施例3之第1改變例的多層印刷配線板的 剖面圖。 第42圖(A) 、 (B ) 、 (C ) 、 (D)係為第1改變例 之第1別例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第4 3圖係為第1改變例之第1別例的多層印刷配線板的 剖面圖。 第44圖(A) 、(B) 、(C )係為實施例3之第1改變 例之第2別例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第 45 圖(A ) 、 (B ) 、 (C ) 、 (D ) 、 (E )係為實 施例3之第2改變例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第46圖(A ) 、(B ) 、(C ) 、(D )係為實施例3之 第2改變例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第47圖(A) 、 (B ) 、 (C )係為實施例3之第2改變 例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第4 8圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、( C )係為實施例3之第2改變 例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第49圖(A) 、 (B ) 、 (C )係為實施例3之第2改變 例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第5 0圖係為實施例3之第2改變例的多層印刷配線板的 .剖面圖。 第5 1圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、( C ) 、 ( D )係為實施例3之 第2改變例的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第52圖係為第2改變例之第1別例的多層印刷配線板的2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 18 546999 V. Description of the invention (16) The manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board. Figure 41 is a cross-sectional view of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first modification of the third embodiment. 42 (A), (B), (C), and (D) are manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first modification of the first modification. Fig. 43 is a cross-sectional view of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first modification of the first modification. Figs. 44 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing the steps of manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modified example and the second modified example of the third embodiment. 45 (A), (B), (C), (D), and (E) are manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to the second modification of the third embodiment. 46 (A), (B), (C), and (D) are manufacturing process diagrams of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a second modification of the third embodiment. 47 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing the manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a second modification of the third embodiment. Figs. 48 (A), (B), and (C) are diagrams showing manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the second modification of the third embodiment. Figures 49 (A), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a second modification of the third embodiment. Fig. 50 is a cross-sectional view of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a second modification of the third embodiment. (A), (B), (C), and (D) of FIG. 51 are manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to the second modification of the third embodiment. Fig. 52 shows a multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modification of the second modification.
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第19頁 546999 五、發明說明(17) 剖面圖。 第 53 圖(A) 、 (B) 、 (C) 、 (D) 、 (E)係為本 發明之實施例4的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第 54 圖(A) 、 (B) 、 (C) 、 (D) 、 (E)係為實 施例4的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第55圖(A) 、(B) 、(C) 、(D)係為實施例4的 多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第5 6圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例4的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 19 546999 V. Description of the invention (17) Sectional view. Fig. 53 (A), (B), (C), (D), and (E) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. (A), (B), (C), (D), and (E) of FIG. 54 are manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board of the fourth embodiment. 55 (A), (B), (C), and (D) are diagrams showing the manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 4. FIG. Figures 56 (A), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 4.
第5 7圖係為實施例4的多層印刷配線板的剖面圖。 第58圖(A) 、 (B) 、(C ) 、 (D)係為本發明之實 施例5的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第5 9圖(A ) ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例5的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第6 0圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( c )係為實施例5的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第6 1圖(A ) 、 ( B ) 、 ( C )係為實施例5的多層印刷 配線板的製造步驟圖。 第62圖(A ) 、 ( Β )係為實施例5的多層印刷配線板 的製造步驟_ ° 第6 3圖係為實施例5的多層印刷配線板的剖面圖。 第6 4圖係為實施例5的多層印刷配線板的剖面圖。 第65圖係為第63圖之Ε-Ε的剖面圖。 第6 6圖(Α )係為實施例5的多層印刷配線板的平面Figures 5 to 7 are sectional views of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 4. Figs. 58 (A), (B), (C), and (D) are diagrams showing manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. Figures 5 and 9 (A) (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5. Figures 60 (A), (B), and (c) are diagrams showing the manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5. FIG. 61 (A), (B), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5. FIG. Figs. 62 (A) and (B) are the manufacturing steps of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5. Fig. 63 is a sectional view of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5. Figs. Figure 64 is a cross-sectional view of a multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5. Fig. 65 is a sectional view of E-E in Fig. 63. Figure 6 (A) is a plan view of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5.
^— 2160-3798-pf.ptd 第20頁 546999 五、發明說明(18) ' ~ "--- 圖,(B )為以千鳥狀配置凸塊的多層印刷配線板的平面 圖,(C )為比較例之多層印刷配線板的平面圖。 第圖(A ) ( B ) ( C )係為實施例5的別例的多 層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第6 8圖⑷、(β )、( C )係為本發明之第1改變例 的多層印刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第69圖(Α )、(β )、(C )係為第1改變例的多層印 刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 第70圖(Α )、( β )、( C )係為第1改變例的多層印 刷配線板的製造步驟圖。 實施例 以下參照圖而說明本發明之實施例。 A、 半導體元件 f先丄參照顯示半導體元件20的剖面的第3圖(A), 以及顯示平面圖之第4国fu、1 ,曾触-从r Tr a 弟4圖(β )說明本發明之實施例1的半 導體兀件(1C日日片)的構成。 [實施例1 ] 在第3圖(B )戶斤+ +、上f 1 執99以及配綠斤不之半導體元件20的上面,配設晶粒 •塾22之上,貝,]形成主| =上形成保護賴的開口。晶粒 薄膜層33與厚附加層之過渡層38。過渡層38 ’是 金屬膜升i成。 曰37所組成。換言之’是以2層以上的 繼續,參照第] 圖〜第4圖說明參照第3圖(B )而上述 2160-3798-pf.ptd^ — 2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 20, 546999 V. Description of the invention (18) '~ " --- Figure, (B) is a plan view of a multilayer printed wiring board with bumps arranged in a thousand birds, (C) This is a plan view of a multilayer printed wiring board of a comparative example. Figures (A), (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to another example of the fifth embodiment. Figs. 6 (8), (β), and (C) are diagrams showing manufacturing steps of a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first modified example of the present invention. Figs. 69 (A), (β), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modification. Figs. 70 (A), (β), and (C) are manufacturing process diagrams of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modification. Examples Examples of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. A. The semiconductor element f is described with reference to FIG. 3 (A) showing the cross section of the semiconductor element 20 and the fourth country fu, 1 showing the plan view. The structure of the semiconductor element (1C Japanese film) of Example 1. [Embodiment 1] On FIG. 3 (B), household crystals + +, f 1 and 99, and semiconductor elements 20 with green ions are provided with crystal grains • 塾 22, shells,] forming the main | = An opening to protect Lai is formed. A thin film layer 33 and a transition layer 38 of a thick additional layer. The transition layer 38 'is formed of a metal film. Composed of 37. In other words, 'continued with more than 2 levels, refer to Figure] to Figure 4 and refer to Figure 3 (B) and the above 2160-3798-pf.ptd
第21胃 546999 五、發明說明(19) 之半導體元件的製造方法。 (1) 首先’在第1圖(A)所示之石夕晶片20A上,以既定方 法形成配線2 1以及晶粒墊2 2 (參照顯示第1圖(β )以及 1圖(Β)的平面圖之第4圖(Α),再者,第1圖<^)夺一 第4圖(Α)的Β-Β剖面圖)。 (2) 接著,在晶粒墊22以及配線21之上,形成保護膜24, 並於晶粒墊22上設置開口24a (第1圖(C ))。 、, (3) 、對矽晶片20A進行蒸著、濺鍍等的物理蒸著,而全面 形成導電性的金屬膜(薄膜層)33。(第2圖(A))。兮 ^度較佳是以〇·〇(Π〜2.0 //m的範圍形成。在該範圍之下= %合,無法全面形成薄膜層。在該範圍之上的場合,合 生形成之膜的厚度變化。最適當範圍為〇〇1~1〇vm 成之金屬較佳為使用選自錫、鉻、鈦、鎳、亞鉛、鈷、 金、銅之中者。該等金屬係作為晶粒塾的保護膜,且電 =會劣化。實施例1中,薄膜層33,是藉由濺鍍以 成的。鉻與金屬的密著性佳,可抑制水分的侵入。又, 之上以⑽銅施加料。亦可在真空反應室内 成絡、銅的2層。此時’絡厚度為m (4) 之後,在薄膜層33上形成感光性光阻、乾膜光阻之 ‘一種光阻層。經由在該光阻層上載4 、 的部分之光罩(未圖式),;n:有層38 置厚附加層(電解電鍍膜)37 (第2圖(b) /。形成二21st stomach 546999 V. Description of the invention (19) The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device. (1) First, the wiring 21 and the die pad 2 2 are formed on the stone eve wafer 20A shown in FIG. 1 (A) by a predetermined method (refer to FIGS. 1 (β) and 1 (B). Figure 4 (A) of the plan view, and Figure 1 (^) captures a section B-B of Figure 4 (A)). (2) Next, a protective film 24 is formed on the die pad 22 and the wiring 21, and an opening 24a is provided in the die pad 22 (Fig. 1 (C)). (3) Physical evaporation of silicon wafer 20A, such as evaporation and sputtering, is performed to form a conductive metal film (thin film layer) 33 in its entirety. (Figure 2 (A)). The degree is preferably formed in the range of 0 · 〇 (Π ~ 2.0 // m. Below this range = %%, and a thin film layer cannot be fully formed. When the thickness is above this range, the thickness of the film formed by Syngene The most appropriate range is from 0.01 to 10 vm. A metal selected from tin, chromium, titanium, nickel, lead, cobalt, gold, and copper is preferably used. These metals are used as grains. The protective film is also deteriorated. In Example 1, the thin film layer 33 was formed by sputtering. The adhesion between chromium and metal is good, and the invasion of moisture can be suppressed. Furthermore, copper is added on top Application material. It is also possible to form two layers of copper and copper in a vacuum reaction chamber. At this time, after the thickness is m (4), a photoresist layer of photosensitive photoresist and dry film photoresist is formed on the thin film layer 33. Through a photomask (not shown) on the photoresist layer, and n: there is a layer 38 and a thick additional layer (electrolytic plating film) 37 (Fig. 2 (b) /.)
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第22頁 546999 五、發明說明(20) 鍍的種類為銅、錄、金、銀、亞錯、鐵等。因為電特性、 經濟性’還有在後續步驟形成之疊合的導體層主要為銅, 因此較佳使用銅,在實施例1,是使用銅。該厚度較佳是 以1〜20 //m的範圍進行。 (5) 以鹼溶液等除去電鍍光阻35後,以硫酸—過氧化氮 水、氣化第一鐵、氣化第二銅、第二銅錯體—有機酸鹽等 的餘刻液除去電鍍光阻3 5下的金屬膜33,而在1C晶片的塾 22上形成過渡層38 (第2圖(C))。 (6) 接著’藉由以噴霧器(spray)吹附蝕刻液於基板上, 蝕刻過渡層38的表面形成粗畫面38 α (第3圖(A ))。亦 可使用無電解電鍛和氧化還原處理形成粗化面。 (7) 最後’將形成過渡層38的矽晶片20A以切成方塊 (dicing)等分割成單片而形成半導體元件2〇 (第3圖(B) 以及第4圖(B)的第3圖(B)的平面圖)。之後,視必 要,亦可進行被分割之半導體元件2 〇的動作確認和電性檢 查。半導體元件2 0,由於形成比晶粒墊2 2大的過渡層3 8, 探針谷易兩準’檢查的精密度增加。 [實施例1的第1別例]2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 22 546999 V. Description of the invention (20) The types of plating are copper, copper, gold, silver, Asia, iron, etc. Because the electrical characteristics, economy, and the superposed conductor layer formed in the subsequent steps are mainly copper, copper is preferably used. In Example 1, copper was used. The thickness is preferably performed in a range of 1 to 20 // m. (5) After the plating photoresist 35 is removed with an alkali solution, etc., the plating is removed with an after-treatment solution such as sulfuric acid-nitrogen peroxide water, vaporized first iron, vaporized second copper, second copper complex-organic acid salt, and the like. A metal film 33 is formed under the photoresist 35, and a transition layer 38 is formed on the substrate 22 of the 1C wafer (FIG. 2 (C)). (6) Next, a rough screen 38 α is formed by etching the surface of the transition layer 38 by spraying an etchant on the substrate with a spray (FIG. 3 (A)). The roughened surface can also be formed using electroless electroforging and redox treatment. (7) Finally, the silicon wafer 20A forming the transition layer 38 is divided into single pieces by dicing or the like to form a semiconductor device 20 (FIG. 3 (B) and FIG. 3 (B) and FIG. 3) (B) a plan view). After that, if necessary, operation confirmation and electrical inspection of the divided semiconductor device 20 may be performed. Since the semiconductor element 20 is formed with a transition layer 38 that is larger than the die pad 22, the precision of the inspection of the probe valley is increased. [First Alternative Example of Embodiment 1]
在上述實施例1,薄臈層3 3是以鉻形成。相對於此, 在第1別例,以鈦形成薄膜層3 3。鈦是藉由蒸著氣體濺鍍 ‘而施加。鈦與金屬的密著性佳,可抑制水分的入侵。 [實施例1的第2別例] 在上述實施例1,薄膜層3 3是以鉻形成。相對於此, 在第1別例,以錫形成薄膜層33。鈦是藉由蒸著氣體濺鍍In Example 1 described above, the thin hafnium layer 33 is formed of chromium. In contrast, in the first alternative example, the thin film layer 33 is formed of titanium. Titanium is applied by vapor deposition gas sputtering. Titanium and metal have good adhesion, which can inhibit the invasion of moisture. [Second Alternative Example of Embodiment 1] In Embodiment 1 described above, the thin film layer 33 is formed of chromium. In contrast, in the first alternative example, the thin film layer 33 is formed of tin. Titanium is deposited by vapor deposition
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第23頁 546999 五、發明說明(21) 而施加。鈦與金屬的密著性佳,可抑制水分的入严。 [實施例1的第3別例] 九 在上述實施例1 ’薄膜層33是以鉻形成。相對於此 在第3別例,是以亞鉛形成薄膜層3 3。 、 [實施例1的第4別例] 在上述實施例1 ’薄膜層33是以鉻形成。相對於此, 在第4別例,是以鎳形成薄膜層33。鎳是藉由濺鍍形成。 鈦與金屬的密著性佳,可抑制水分的入侵。 [實施例1的第5別例] 在上述實施例1 ’薄膜層33是以鉻形成。相對於此, 在第5別例,是以鈷形成薄膜層3 3。 再者,在各別例,在薄膜層之上,亦可再積層銅。 [實施例1的第1改變例] 參照第7圖(B )說明實施例丨之第1改變例的半導 件2 0。參照第3圖(B )而上述之實施例1的半導體元件, 過渡層38是薄膜層33與厚附加層37組成之2層構造。相對 於此,在第1改變例,如第7圖(B )所示,過渡層38是由 第1薄膜層33,第2薄膜層36,與厚附加層37組成之3屉 造而構成。 稱 繼續,參照第5圖〜第7圖而說明參照第7圖(b )而上 1述之第1改變例的半導體元件的製造方法。 U)百先,在第5圖(A )所示之矽晶片2〇α上,形成配線 21以及晶粒墊22 (第5圖(β ))。 、 (2)接著,在晶粒墊22以及配線之上形成保護膜24 (第5 546999 五、發明說明(22) 圖(C ))。 (3)在矽晶片20A進行濺鍍等的物理蒗 形成之金 金、鋼之 鎳、鈦與金屬的密著性佳7 :二且電特性不會劣 卜第!薄膜㈣县^可抑制水分的侵入。 電性的金屬膜(第1薄膜層)(第5圖、、^,全面性形成導 佳是以0 · Ο (Π〜2 · 0 // m的範圍形成。在 >))。該厚度較 無法全面形成薄臈層。在該範園之上圍之下的場合, 之膜的厚度變化。最適當範圍為〇 〇1~、場合,會產生形成 屬較佳為使用選自錫、鉻、鈦、鎳、亞· Y “ m 中者。該等金屬係作為晶粒墊的保護膜釓、鈷 化。鉻一 、 在第1改變例,第1薄膜層33是以鉻形^。 U)在第1薄膜層33之上,藉由濺鍍、蒗 之任一種方法積層第2薄膜層36 (第6圖、、、…、電解電鍍 可積層之金屬以選自鎳、銅、金、銀之 )該場合 ;銅:錄之任一種形成為佳。因為銅價格便宜盥:别是, 佳。鎳,與薄膜的密著性佳,難! 且^電傳達性 較佳為〇· 〇卜5· 0_ ’特別較佳為〇. i起3^和裂痕。厚度 是以無電解電鍍形成第2薄膜層36。 第1改變例 再者,杈佳的第1薄膜層與第2薄膜層的組人 銅、鉻-鎳、鈦-銅、鈦—鎳等。與金屬的接合口 ,為鎳〜 性的優點比其他組合為優。 π電傳達 (5)之後,在第2薄膜層36上形成光阻層。將 吊)載置於該光阻層上,經由曝光、顯像,(未圖 形成非形成部35a。施加電解電鍍於光阻層的、“阻35上 上設置厚附加層(電解電鍍膜)37 (第6圖(β '成部35a )。形成 546999 五、發明說明(23) --- 之電鍍的種類有銅、鎳、金、銀、亞錯、鐵等。因為電 性、經濟性’還有後續形成之疊合之導體層主要為銅,較 佳疋使用銅’第1改變例是使用銅。該厚度以卜2 〇 v m之範 圍進行為佳。 (6) 以驗溶液等除去電鍍光阻35後,以硫酸-過氧化氫 水、氣化第二鐵、氣化第二銅、第二銅錯體-有機酸鹽等 的餘刻液除去電鍍光阻35下的第2薄膜層36、金屬膜33, 而在IC晶片的墊2 2上形成過渡層38 (第6圖(C))。2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 23 546999 V. Application Note (21). Titanium and metal have good adhesion, which can inhibit the entry of moisture. [Third Alternative Example of Embodiment 1] Nine In the above-mentioned Embodiment 1 ', the thin film layer 33 is formed of chromium. In contrast, in a third alternative, the thin-film layer 33 is formed of lead. [A fourth alternative example of the first embodiment] In the first embodiment, the thin film layer 33 is formed of chromium. In contrast, in the fourth alternative example, the thin film layer 33 is formed of nickel. Nickel is formed by sputtering. Titanium and metal have good adhesion, which can inhibit the invasion of moisture. [Fifth alternative example of embodiment 1] In the above-mentioned embodiment 1 ', the thin film layer 33 is formed of chromium. On the other hand, in a fifth example, the thin film layer 33 is formed of cobalt. Furthermore, in each case, copper may be further laminated on the thin film layer. [First Modified Example of Embodiment 1] A semiconductor device 20 according to a first modified example of Embodiment 丨 will be described with reference to Fig. 7 (B). Referring to FIG. 3 (B), in the semiconductor device of the first embodiment described above, the transition layer 38 has a two-layer structure composed of a thin film layer 33 and a thick additional layer 37. On the other hand, in the first modified example, as shown in FIG. 7 (B), the transition layer 38 is constituted by a three-drawer composed of a first thin film layer 33, a second thin film layer 36, and a thick additional layer 37. We will continue to describe a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first modification described above with reference to FIG. 7 (b) with reference to FIGS. 5 to 7. U) Baixian, on the silicon wafer 20α shown in FIG. 5 (A), a wiring 21 and a die pad 22 are formed (FIG. 5 (β)). (2) Next, a protective film 24 is formed on the die pad 22 and the wiring (No. 5 546999 V. Description of the Invention (22) Figure (C)). (3) Gold formed by physical sputtering such as sputtering on silicon wafer 20A Gold, steel nickel, titanium and metal have good adhesion 7: 2 and the electrical characteristics will not be inferior! The thin film Shexian ^ can suppress the intrusion of moisture. The electrical metal film (the first thin film layer) (Figs. 5 and 5), the comprehensive formation guide is preferably formed in a range of 0 · 0 (Π ~ 2 · 0 // m. In >)). This thickness is less able to form a thin concrete layer. The thickness of the film changes in the area above and below the fan garden. The most suitable range is 0.001 ~. If it is formed, it is preferable to use one selected from the group consisting of tin, chromium, titanium, nickel, and sub-Y "m. These metals are used as the protective film of the grain pad. Cobaltization. Chromium 1. In the first modified example, the first thin film layer 33 is in the shape of chromium. U) On the first thin film layer 33, the second thin film layer 36 is laminated by any one of sputtering and hafnium. (Figure 6, ...) The metal that can be laminated on electrolytic plating is selected from the group consisting of nickel, copper, gold, and silver. In this case; copper: any one of the forms is better. Because copper is cheaper. Nickel has good adhesion to the film, which is difficult! ^ Electrical transmission is preferably 〇 · 〇 卜 5.0 · '_ Especially preferably, it is 3 Å and cracks. The thickness is formed by electroless plating 2 thin film layer 36. The first modified example is the combination of the first thin film layer and the second thin film layer of copper, chromium-nickel, titanium-copper, titanium-nickel, and the like. ~ The advantages of the performance are better than other combinations. After π electric transmission (5), a photoresist layer is formed on the second thin film layer 36. The photoresist layer is placed on the photoresist layer, and exposed and developed. (The non-formed portion 35a is not shown in the figure. An electrolytic plating is applied to the photoresist layer, and a thick additional layer (electrolytic plating film) 37 is provided on the resist 35 (Fig. 6 (β '成 部 35a). Form 546999 V. Invention Explanation (23) --- The types of electroplating are copper, nickel, gold, silver, yazuo, iron, etc. Because of the electrical and economic properties and the subsequent formation of the superposed conductor layer is mainly copper, it is better. Copper is used. The first modification is copper. The thickness is preferably in the range of 200 vm. (6) After removing the plating resist 35 with a test solution, etc., the sulfuric acid-hydrogen peroxide water is used to vaporize the second The remaining liquid of iron, vaporized second copper, second copper complex-organic acid salt, etc. removes the second thin film layer 36 and the metal film 33 under the plating photoresist 35, and forms a transition on the pad 22 of the IC wafer Layer 38 (Figure 6 (C)).
(7) 接著’藉由以喷霧器(spray)吹附蝕刻液於基板上, 蝕刻過渡層38的表面形成粗晝面38 α (第?圖(A ))。亦 可使用無電解電鍍和氧化還原處理形成粗化面。 (8) 最後,將形成過渡層38的矽晶片2〇Α分成方塊等分割 成單片而形成半導體元件2〇(第7圖(Β) 。 ° [實施例1之第1改變例的第i別例] 在上述之第1改變例,第1薄膜層33是以鉻形成, 薄膜層36是以無電解電鍍銅形成,厚附加層37 電鑛形成。相對於此,在第丨別例’第丨薄膜層3 ^(7) Next, the surface of the transition layer 38 is etched to form a rough day surface 38 α by spraying an etchant on the substrate with a spray (Fig. (A)). The roughened surface can also be formed using electroless plating and redox treatment. (8) Finally, the silicon wafer 20A forming the transition layer 38 is divided into blocks and the like and divided into a single piece to form a semiconductor element 20 (Fig. 7 (B).) [The first i of the first modification of the first embodiment Other Examples] In the first modified example described above, the first thin film layer 33 is formed of chromium, the thin film layer 36 is formed of electroless copper electroplating, and the thick additional layer 37 is formed by electric ore. In contrast, in the first alternative example ' The first film layer 3 ^
成,第2薄膜層36是以濺鍍銅形成,厚附加層37 θ ρ 銅電鍍形成。各層的厚度為鉻疋以電解 銅15_。 銅,電解 [實施例1之第1改變例的第2別例] 在第2別例,是以鈦形成第1薄膜層3 3,、 成第2薄膜層36,以電解銅電鍍形成厚"附加無電解鋼形 厚度為鈦0.07/zm,銅1·0#πι,電解铜ι5曰Μ °各層的Therefore, the second thin film layer 36 is formed by sputtering copper, and the thick additional layer 37 θ ρ is formed by copper plating. The thickness of each layer is chrome 疋 to electrolytic copper 15_. Copper, electrolysis [Second alternative of the first modification of Example 1] In the second alternative, the first thin film layer 3 3 is formed of titanium, the second thin film layer 36 is formed, and the thickness is formed by electrolytic copper plating. Additional thickness of electroless steel shape is 0.07 / zm of titanium, copper 1 · 0 # πι, electrolytic copper 5μM
546999 五、發明說明(24) [實施例1之第1改變例的第3別例] 在第3別例,是以鈦形成第1薄膜屑 薄膜層36 ’以電解銅電鑛形成厚附:層:淹鑛銅形成 度给為鈦0· 06 //m,鋼〇· 5 ,電解銅15心。各層的厚 [實施例1之第1改變例的第4別例] 在第4別例,是以鉻形成第i薄膜声 錄形成第2薄膜層36,以f解銅 ^ ’以無電解電鑛 層的厚度為鉻0.07_,厚附加層37。各 [實施例1之第i改變例的第5別例]電解鋼15_。 鎳形ί = 以鈦形成第1薄膜層33,以無電解電鑛 為:層0 6 ’以電解銅電鑛形成厚附加_。各 「予度為鈦0.05#m,電鍍鎳i.2//m, [實施例1的第2改變例] 電解銅15 /zm。 例的ΪΪΓ圖:明第2改變例的半導體元件2。。第2改變 施例1大致相㈤。作是,在营V;第3圖(Β)而上述之實 additivM丰碰 在實轭例1,使用半加成(semi 過渡戶38 W在光阻非形成部形成厚附加層37而形成 二於此’在第2改變例,是使用加成 姓刻去心,:均一地形成厚附加層37後,設置光阻,以 蝕J去除先阻非形成部而形成過渡層38。 ‘ t照第8圖而說明該第2改變例的製造方法。546999 V. Description of the invention (24) [Third other example of the first modified example of the first embodiment] In the third other example, the first thin film chip layer 36 'is formed of titanium and the thick deposit is formed by electrolytic copper ore: Layer: The copper formation degree of the flooded ore is given as titanium 0.06 // m, steel 0.5, and electrolytic copper 15 cores. Thickness of each layer [Fourth alternative example of the first modified example of Embodiment 1] In the fourth alternative example, the i-th thin film sound recording is formed of chromium to form the second thin-film layer 36, and the copper is decomposed by f ^ The thickness of the ore layer is 0.07 mm chromium, and the additional layer 37 is thick. Each [Fifth alternative example of the i-th modified example of Embodiment 1] electrolytic steel 15_. Nickel shape = = The first thin film layer 33 is formed of titanium, and the electroless ore is used as the layer: layer 0 6 ′ is formed by electrolytic copper ore to form a thick layer. Each "prediction is 0.05 # m of titanium, nickel plating i.2 // m, [Second modification of Example 1] electrolytic copper 15 / zm. ΪΪΓ diagram of the example: The semiconductor element 2 of the second modification is shown. The second change of Example 1 is roughly the same. The operation is in Camp V; Figure 3 (B) and the above real additivM bumps into the real yoke Example 1, using a semi-additive (semi transition household 38 W in photoresistor) The non-formed part forms a thick additional layer 37 to form the second one. In the second modification, the addition of the surname is used to cut the heart. After the thick additional layer 37 is uniformly formed, a photoresist is set to remove the first resistive non-etching The formation portion forms the transition layer 38. The manufacturing method of the second modification will be described with reference to FIG.
進行第2圖U)而上述之實施例1所示,對矽晶片20A 膜(Ϊ膜展?錢等的物理蒸著’而全面形成導電性的金屬 膜"膜層”3。(第8圖(A))。該厚度較佳是以(Figure 2U) and as shown in the above Example 1, a conductive metal film is fully formed on the silicon wafer 20A film (physical vapor deposition of a film, etc.) and "film layer" 3. (Section 8 (A)). The thickness is preferably
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第27頁 546999 形成。在該範 範圍之上的場 圍為〇. 01〜L 0 鈦、鎳、亞鉛 塾的保護膜, 粒墊,且電特 鉻而形成。鉻 薄膜層33之上 第8圖(B )) 鉛、鐵等。因 體層主要為銅 厚度以1. 0〜2 〇 在後述之蝕刻 界面會發生空 層37上形成光 五、發明說明(25) 0·001〜2·0 //ιυ的範圍 面形成薄膜層。在該 厚度變化。最適當範 為使用選自錫、#、 該等金屬係作為晶粒 等金屬’作為保護晶 變例’薄膜層是濺鍍 (2) 施予電解電鏟在 (電解電鍍膜)37 ( 銅、鎳、金、銀、亞 後繽形成之疊合之導 改變例是使用鋼。$ 因為比該範圍厚時, 之過渡層與介層窗的 (3) 之後’在厚附加 圍之下的場合,無法全 合’會產生形成之膜的 。形成之金屬較佳 、結、金、銅之中者。 且電特性不會劣化。該 性不會劣化。在第2改 厚度為0. 05 。2160-3798-pf.ptd page 27 546999. The range above this range is 0.01 to L0, a protective film of titanium, nickel, lead, and thallium, a grain pad, and electrochromium. Above the chromium thin film layer 33 (Fig. 8 (B)) Lead, iron, etc. Because the bulk layer is mainly copper with a thickness of 1.0 to 2 0, light will be formed on the void layer 37 at the etching interface described later. 5. Description of the invention (25) The range of 0 · 001 ~ 2 · 0 // ιυ forms a thin film layer on the surface. The thickness varies. The most appropriate range is to use a metal selected from tin, #, and these metals as grains and the like as a protective crystal modification. The thin film layer is sputtering (2) An electrolytic shovel is applied to (electrolytic plating film) 37 (copper, An example of a change in the superposition of nickel, gold, silver, and Yahoubin is the use of steel. $ When it is thicker than this range, the transition layer and the interlayer window are behind (3) when the thickness is below the thick enclosure. 05。 Can not be fully 'will produce a formed film. The formed metal is better, the junction, gold, copper one. And the electrical characteristics will not deteriorate. The characteristics will not deteriorate. In the second change thickness to 0.05.
均一地設置厚附加層 。形成之電錄的種類有 為電性、經濟性,還有 ,較佳是使用銅,第2 // m之範圍進行為佳。 時將引起底切,在形\ 隙。 X 阻層35 (第8圖(c) (4)以硫酸一過氣化氫水、氯化第二鐵、氯化第二鋼 二銅錯體-有機酸鹽等的蝕刻液除去光阻35的非形第 金屬膜33以及厚附加層37後,剝離光阻35,在κ晶的 22上形成過渡層38 (第8圖(D))。以後的步驟,香墊 例1相同因此省略說明。 、霄施 [實施例1之第2改變例的第1別例] 在上述之第2改變例,薄膜層3 3是以鉻形成。相 此,第1別例是以鈦形成薄膜層33。 、於Thickly add additional layers uniformly. The types of records to be formed are electrical, economical, and, preferably, copper is used, and the range of 2 // m is better. Will cause undercuts when in shape. X resist layer 35 (Fig. 8 (c) (4) Remove photoresist 35 with an etching solution such as sulfuric acid-per-gas hydrogenated water, second ferric chloride, second copper diisocyanate-organic acid chloride etc.) After the non-shaped second metal film 33 and the thick additional layer 37, the photoresist 35 is peeled off, and a transition layer 38 is formed on the κ crystal 22 (FIG. 8 (D)). In the subsequent steps, the fragrance pad example 1 is the same, so the description is omitted. Xiao Shi [First alternative of the second modification of the first embodiment] In the second modification described above, the thin film layer 33 is formed of chromium. Accordingly, the first alternative example is the thin film layer 33 formed of titanium. ...
2160-3798-pf.ptd2160-3798-pf.ptd
546999 五、發明說明(26) [實施例1的第3改變例] 參照第9圖說明第3改變例的半導體元件20。參照第8 圖而上述之第2改變例的半導體元件,過渡層38是薄膜層 33與厚附加層37組成之2層構造。相對於此,在第3改變 例,如第9圖(D )所示,過渡層38是第1薄膜層33、第2薄 膜層36與厚附加層37組成之3層構造。 參照第9圖而說明該第3改變例的製造方法。 I與,實施例1參照第6圖(A )上述之第1改變例同樣地, ^薄膜層33之上,ϋ由濺鍍、蒸著、無電解電鍍積層 白禮膜層36 (第9圖(Α))。該場合可積層之金屬以選 、銅、金、銀之中為佳。特別是,以銅、鎳之任一種 宓#二ί。因為鋼價格便宜與電傳達性佳。鎳,與薄膜的 解包1常供,難以弓丨起剝離和裂痕。在第3改變例,以無電 錮、較佳的第1薄膜層與第2薄膜層的組合,為鉻一 性的優點卜、i欽—鋼、鈦_鎳等。與金屬的接合性和電傳達 性的優點比其他組合為優。 (2)施予電解電鍍 錄、銅、金、銀、亞層6之上,均一地設置 W))。厚产、鐵組成之厚附加層37 (第9圖 ,厚度較佳為1〜20 //Π1。 )。後在厚附加層37上形成光阻層35 (第9圖(C ) 第546999 V. Description of the Invention (26) [Third Modification of First Embodiment] A semiconductor device 20 according to a third modification will be described with reference to FIG. 9. Referring to FIG. 8 and referring to the semiconductor device of the second modification, the transition layer 38 has a two-layer structure composed of a thin film layer 33 and a thick additional layer 37. In contrast, in the third modified example, as shown in FIG. 9 (D), the transition layer 38 has a three-layer structure composed of a first thin film layer 33, a second thin film layer 36, and a thick additional layer 37. A manufacturing method of the third modified example will be described with reference to FIG. 9. As in the first modification of Example 1 with reference to FIG. 6 (A), the thin film layer 33 is laminated with a white film layer 36 by sputtering, evaporation, and electroless plating (FIG. 9). (A)). In this case, the metal that can be laminated is preferably copper, gold, or silver. In particular, use either copper or nickel. # 二 ί. Because steel is cheap and electricity is good. Nickel, often supplied with the film for unpacking1, is difficult to lift off and crack. In the third modified example, the combination of the first thin film layer and the second thin film layer, which is non-electrolytic, is the advantage of chromium uniformity, i.e., steel, titanium, and nickel. The advantages of bonding to metals and electrical transmission are better than other combinations. (2) Electrolytic plating, copper, gold, silver, and sublayers 6 are applied uniformly on W)). Thick production, thick additional layer 37 made of iron (Fig. 9, thickness is preferably 1 ~ 20 // Π1.). A photoresist layer 35 is then formed on the thick additional layer 37 (Fig. 9 (C)
(4 )以硫酸—過氧化 、虱化氧水、氣化第二鐵、氣化第二銅(4) Sulfuric acid-peroxidation, oxygenated water, gasification of second iron, gasification of second copper
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第29頁 546999 五、發明說明(27) 二銅錯體-有機酸鹽等的蝕刻液除去光阻3 5的非形成 第1薄膜層33、第2薄膜層36以及厚附加層37後,剝離光阻 35,而在1C晶片的墊22上形成過渡層38 (第9圖。 以後的步驟與實施例1相同因此省略說明。 [實施例1之第3改變例的第1別例] 在上述之第3改變例,第i薄膜層33是以鉻形 薄膜層36是以無電解電鑛銅形成,#附加層3?是 電鍍形成。相對於此’在第⑻列,第i薄臈層33是以鉻 成,第2薄膜層36是以濺鍍銅形成,厚附加層372160-3798-pf.ptd Page 29 546999 V. Description of the invention (27) The photoresist is removed by an etchant such as a bi-copper complex-organic acid salt 3, and the first thin film layer 33, the second thin film layer 36 and After the thick additional layer 37, the photoresist 35 is peeled off, and a transition layer 38 is formed on the pad 22 of the 1C wafer (FIG. 9). The subsequent steps are the same as those in the first embodiment, so the description is omitted. [The third modification of the first embodiment 1st other example] In the third modified example described above, the i-th thin film layer 33 is formed of a chrome-shaped thin film layer 36 made of electroless copper, and the #additional layer 3 is formed by electroplating. The second thin film layer 33 is made of chromium, the second thin film layer 36 is made of sputtered copper, and the thick additional layer 37 is formed.
銅電鑛形成。各層的厚度為鉻〇.〇7_,銅〇 銅15 //Hi。 从電解 [實施例1之第3改變例的第2別例] 在第2別例’是以鈦形成第上薄膜層33,以 成第2薄膜層36 ’以電解銅電鑛形成厚附加層37 / 厚度為鈦0·07//πι,銅1·〇βιη,電解銅曰、 [實施例1之第1改變例的第3別例] 在第3別例,是以鈦形成第1薄膜層3 3, /Formation of copper ore. The thickness of each layer is chromium 0.07_, copper 0 copper 15 // Hi. From electrolysis [Second other example of the third modified example of Example 1] In the second example, the upper thin film layer 33 is formed of titanium, and the second thin film layer 36 is formed. 37 / thickness is 0.07 // m titanium, copper 1.0m, electrolytic copper, [Third other example of the first modified example of Example 1] In the third other example, the first thin film is formed of titanium Layer 3 3, /
第2薄膜層36,以電解鋼電鍍形成厚附加層。跑鑛銅形成 度為鈦0.07/zm,銅〇·5//ιη,電解銅曰的厚 [實施例1之第1改變例的第4別例] ‘在第4別例,是以鉻形成第1薄膜層33, 鎳形成第2薄膜層36,以電解銅電鍍形成…、。解電鍍 層的厚度為鉻0.06 //m,鎳ι·2 ,電解^加層37。各 [實施例1之第1改變例的第5別例] ^ # m °The second thin film layer 36 is plated with electrolytic steel to form a thick additional layer. The copper formation degree of running ore is 0.07 / zm of titanium, 0.5 // m of copper, and the thickness of electrolytic copper [4th other example of the first modification of Example 1] 'In the fourth other example, it is formed by chromium The first thin film layer 33 is formed of nickel and the second thin film layer 36 is formed by electrolytic copper plating. The thickness of the de-electroplated layer is 0.06 // m of chromium, Ni 2 · 2, and electrolytic layer 37 is added. Each [Fifth alternative example of the first modified example of Embodiment 1] ^ # m °
546999546999
五、發明說明(28) 在第5別例,是以鈦形成第1薄膜層3 3,以無電解電 鎳形成第2薄膜層36,以電解銅電鍍形成厚附加層37。7 層的厚度為鈦0.07/ζιη,電錢鎳1.1 //m,電解銅。 B、内藏半導體元件的多層印刷配線板 繼續,說明上述之第卜第3改變例的半導體元件(j c 晶片)2 0埋入、收容、收納於核心基板的凹部、空隙、開 口之多層印刷配線板的構成。 汗 [實施例1 ]V. Explanation of the invention (28) In the fifth example, the first thin film layer 33 is made of titanium, the second thin film layer 36 is made of electroless nickel, and the thick additional layer 37 is formed by electrolytic copper plating. 7 The thickness of the layer For titanium 0.07 / ζιη, electricity nickel 1.1 // m, electrolytic copper. B. The multilayer printed wiring board containing semiconductor elements will be described, and the semiconductor element (jc wafer) of the third modified example described above will be described. 20 The multilayer printed wiring is embedded, housed, and housed in the recesses, gaps, and openings of the core substrate. The composition of the board. Sweat [Example 1]
如第1 4圖所示之多層印刷配線板1 〇,是由收容參照第 3圖(B )而上述之實施例1的1(:晶片2〇的核心基板3〇,層 間樹脂絕緣層50,與層間樹脂絕緣層丨50所組成。在層間 樹脂絕緣層50上,形成介層窗6〇以及導體電路58,在層間 樹脂絕緣層150上則形成介層窗16〇以及導體電路158。 在層間樹脂絕緣層1 5 0之上配設有銲錫光阻層7 〇。在 銲錫光阻層70的開口部71下的導體電路158,設置未圖式 之用以與母板、子板等的外部基板接續的銲錫凸塊76。The multilayer printed wiring board 10 shown in FIG. 14 is a core substrate 30 of a wafer 1 (a wafer 20) and an interlayer resin insulation layer 50 in the first embodiment (see FIG. 3 (B)). It is composed of an interlayer resin insulation layer 50. On the interlayer resin insulation layer 50, a via window 60 and a conductor circuit 58 are formed, and on the interlayer resin insulation layer 150, a via window 160 and a conductor circuit 158 are formed. A solder photoresist layer 7 is disposed on the resin insulating layer 150. A conductor circuit 158 under the opening 71 of the solder photoresist layer 70 is provided with an external connection (not shown) for a mother board, a daughter board, and the like. Solder bumps 76 connected to the substrate.
本實施例的多層印刷配線板丨〇,是在核心基板3〇内藏 1C晶片20 ’而在該IC晶片2〇的墊上配設過渡層38。所以, 無須使用引腳零件和封裝樹脂,而能取得丨c晶片與多層印 刷配線板(構裝基板)的電性接續。又,因為在1(:晶片部 分形成過渡層38,I C晶片部分被平坦化,上層的層間絕緣 層5 0亦被平坦化,膜厚度亦變得均勻。並且,藉由過渡 層,形成上層的介層窗6 〇時亦可保持形狀的穩定性。 並且’在晶粒墊22上設置鋼製的過渡層38,能防止墊 546999 五、發明說明(29) 2 2上的樹脂殘留,又,即使在後續步驟時浸潰於酸和氧化 劑或蝕刻液中,經由各種回火步驟亦不會發生墊2 2的變 色,溶解。藉此,可提高IC晶片的墊與介層窗的接續性和 信賴性。並且,經由40/zm直徑的墊22上的60 //m直徑以上 的過渡層38,可卻實地接續60 /zm直徑的介層窗。 繼續,參照第1 0圖〜第1 3圖說明參照第1 4圖而上述之 多層印刷配線板的製造方法。In the multilayer printed wiring board of this embodiment, a 1C wafer 20 'is built in the core substrate 30, and a transition layer 38 is disposed on a pad of the IC wafer 20. Therefore, it is not necessary to use lead parts and packaging resin, and it is possible to obtain electrical connection between the c chip and the multilayer printed wiring board (construction substrate). In addition, because the transition layer 38 is formed on the wafer portion, the IC wafer portion is planarized, and the upper interlayer insulating layer 50 is also planarized, and the film thickness becomes uniform. Furthermore, the transition layer forms the upper layer. The shape of the interlayer window 60 can also maintain the stability of the shape. Also, 'the provision of a steel transition layer 38 on the die pad 22 can prevent the pad 546999. 5. Residual resin on the description of the invention (29) 2 2 Even if it is immersed in acid and oxidant or etching solution in the subsequent steps, the discoloration and dissolution of the pad 22 will not occur through various tempering steps. This can improve the continuity between the pad and the interlayer window of the IC chip and Reliability. Furthermore, a 60 / zm-diameter interlayer window can be continuously connected through a transition layer 38 having a diameter of 60 // m or more on the 40 / zm-diameter pad 22. Continuing, refer to FIGS. 10 to 13 The drawings illustrate a method for manufacturing the multilayer printed wiring board described above with reference to FIGS.
(1) 首先,以玻璃布等的心材含浸於環氧等的樹脂之預浸 料远積層之絕緣樹脂基板(核心基板)3 0為出發材料(第 10圖(A))。接著,在核心基板30的一面,以凹部 (zaguli)加工形成1C晶片收容用的凹部32 (第1〇圖(B ) )。在此,雖以凹部加工設置凹部,將設有開口之絕緣樹 脂基板與未設有開口的樹脂絕緣基板貼合,可形成具備收 各部的核心基板。 (2) 之後,在凹部32以印刷機塗佈接著材料34。此時,塗 佈之外亦可使用灌注。接者將1C晶片20載置於接著材料34 上(第10圖(C ))。(1) First, use insulating glass substrate (core substrate) 30, which is a prepreg with a core material such as glass cloth impregnated with resin such as epoxy, as the starting material (Figure 10 (A)). Next, on one side of the core substrate 30, a recessed portion 32 for 1C wafer accommodation is formed as a recessed portion (FIG. 10 (B)). Here, although the recessed portion is provided by processing the recessed portion, and the insulating resin substrate provided with an opening is bonded to the resin insulating substrate provided without an opening, a core substrate having a receiving portion can be formed. (2) After that, the adhesive material 34 is applied to the recessed portion 32 by a printer. In this case, infusion can be used in addition to the cloth. Then, the 1C wafer 20 is placed on the bonding material 34 (Fig. 10 (C)).
(3) 於疋’擠壓、或敲ic晶片20的上面而完全收容於凹部 32内(第1〇圖(D ))。藉此,能使核心基板30平滑。此 時’接著材料3 4 ’在I C晶片2 0的上面有這樣的材料,因為 ‘如後述在IC晶片2 0的上面設有樹脂層而以雷射設置介芦窗 用的開口,不會對過渡層與介層窗的接續有影響。 曰 (4) 經過上述步驟之基板上將厚度5 〇 v m的熱硬化型樹脂 薄片昇溫至50〜150 °C並於壓力5 kg/cm2真空壓著層壓而^(3) Squeeze or press on the top surface of the IC chip 20 to be completely contained in the recess 32 (Fig. 10 (D)). Thereby, the core substrate 30 can be smoothed. At this time, 'adhering material 3 4' has such a material on the IC chip 20 because 'as described later, a resin layer is provided on the IC chip 20 and an opening for a glazing window is provided by a laser, which will not affect the The connection between the transition layer and the via window has an impact. (4) After the above steps, the thermosetting resin sheet with a thickness of 50 v m is heated to 50 to 150 ° C and laminated with vacuum pressure at a pressure of 5 kg / cm2.
546999546999
五、發明說明(30) 置層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇 (第丨丨圖(A ))。真空壓著時 空度為lOmmHg。 、的具 (5) 接著’以波長1 q· 4 a m之〇〇2氣體雷射,並以電波 (beam)直徑5mm、最熱模式(t〇p hot mode)、脈衝波 (pulse) 5· 0 #秒、光罩的孔徑〇· 5mnl、1射程的條件,在 層間樹脂絕緣層50上設置直徑80 //m之介層窗用開口48V. Description of the invention (30) An interlayer resin insulating layer 50 (Fig. (A)). The vacuum compression time is 10mmHg. , With (5), followed by a gas laser with a wavelength of 1 q · 4 am, and a beam diameter of 5 mm, a hot mode (t0p hot mode), and a pulse wave (5). 0 #second, aperture of the mask: 0 · 5mnl, 1-range conditions, an interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is provided with an opening of an interposer window with a diameter of 80 // m 48
(參照第11圖(β))。使用60 °C的過錳酸而除去開口48 内的樹脂殘留。在晶粒墊22上設置銅製的過渡層38,藉 此’可防止晶粒墊24上的樹脂殘留,並能提高使晶粒墊 24與後述之介層窗6〇的連接性和信賴性。並且,在4〇以瓜 直位之晶粒塾2 2上經由6 0 // m以上的過渡層3 8,能確實地 連接60 Am直徑的介層窗用開48。再者,此處,是使用過 猛酸而除去樹脂殘留,但亦可使用氧電漿和電暈處理而進 行去殘渣(desmear)處理。 (6) 接著,藉由浸潰於鉻酸、過錳酸鹽等的氧化劑中,而 没置層間樹脂絕緣層5 0的粗化面5 0 α (參照第11圖(c )(Refer to FIG. 11 (β)). Use 60 ° C permanganic acid to remove the resin residue in the opening 48. By providing a copper transition layer 38 on the die pad 22, the resin on the die pad 24 can be prevented from remaining, and the connection and reliability of the die pad 24 and an interlayer window 60 described later can be improved. In addition, a 60 Am diameter via window 48 can be reliably connected to a grain size 塾 22 of 40 ° through a transition layer 38 of 60 / m or more. In this case, the resin residue is removed by using over-acid acid, but a desmear treatment may also be performed using an oxygen plasma and a corona treatment. (6) Next, the roughened surface 50 0 α of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is not immersed by being immersed in an oxidizing agent such as chromic acid or permanganate (refer to FIG. 11 (c)).
)。該粗化面50 α,是以〇·:[〜5 //m的範圍形成為佳。其一 範例為浸潰於過錳酸鈉溶液5〇g/i、溫度60 °C中5〜25分 鐘,而設置2〜3 // m的粗化面5 0 α。除了上述以外,亦可使 用曰本真空技術有限公司製造的SV-4540進行電漿處理, 在層間樹脂絕緣層5 0的表面形成粗化面5 0 α。此時,使 用氬氣為惰性氣體,以電力2〇〇W、氣壓0· 6Pa、溫度70 °C 之條件,實施2分鐘電漿處理。 (7)在形成粗化面5 0 α之層間樹脂絕緣層5 0上,設置金屬). The roughened surface 50 α is preferably formed in a range of 0 ·: [~ 5 // m. One example is immersion in a sodium permanganate solution at 50 g / i at a temperature of 60 ° C for 5 to 25 minutes, and a roughened surface of 2 to 3 // m 50 α is set. In addition to the above, SV-4540 manufactured by Japan Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd. may be used for plasma treatment to form a roughened surface 50 α on the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50. At this time, argon was used as an inert gas, and plasma treatment was performed for 2 minutes under the conditions of an electric power of 200 W, an air pressure of 0.6 Pa, and a temperature of 70 ° C. (7) A metal is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 forming the roughened surface 5 0 α
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第33頁 546999 五、發明說明(31) 層52 (參照第12圖(A))。金屬層52,是以無電解電鍍 形成。藉由預先在層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇的表層賦予鈀; pallidium)等的觸媒,並浸潰於無電解電鍍液中5〜6〇分 鐘’設置以0.1〜5"m之範圍的電鍍膜之金屬層52。其一例 [無電解電鍍水溶液]2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 33 546999 V. Description of the invention (31) Layer 52 (refer to Figure 12 (A)). The metal layer 52 is formed by electroless plating. Catalysts such as palladium (pallidium) are applied to the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 in advance, and immersed in an electroless plating solution for 5 to 60 minutes, and a plating film having a range of 0.1 to 5 m is set. Metal layer 52. One example [Aqueous solution of electroless plating]
NiS04 酒石酸 硫酸銅 HCHO NaOHNiS04 Tartrate Copper Sulfate HCHO NaOH
0-003 mo 1/1 0.200 mo 1 / 1 0.030 mo 1 / 1 0.050 mo 1 / 1 0.100 mol/1 比咬 100mg/l 聚乙烯乙二醇(PEG ) 0· 10 g/1 浸潰於3 4 °C的液體溫度4 〇分鐘。 再者,亦可使用日本真空技術有限公司製造的 SV-4540代替電鍍,以Ni&Cu為靶材而濺鍍,以氣壓 〇· 6Pa、溫度8 0 °C、電力20 0W、時間5分鐘的條件進行,而 在層間樹脂絕緣層50的表面形成Ni/Cu金屬層52。此時, 形成之Ni/Cu金屬層52的厚度為〇· 2 。0-003 mo 1/1 0.200 mo 1/1 0.030 mo 1/1 0.050 mo 1/1 0.100 mol / 1 specific bite 100mg / l polyethylene glycol (PEG) 0 · 10 g / 1 impregnated in 3 4 ° C liquid temperature for 40 minutes. In addition, SV-4540 manufactured by Japan Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd. can be used instead of electroplating, sputtering using Ni & Cu as a target, air pressure 0.6 Pa, temperature 80 ° C, power 20 0W, and time 5 minutes. Conditions are performed, and a Ni / Cu metal layer 52 is formed on the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50. At this time, the thickness of the formed Ni / Cu metal layer 52 is 0.2.
(8)在完成上述處理之基板3〇,貼合市售的感光性乾膜, 並載置光罩薄片,而以10mJ/cm2曝光後,以〇·8%碳酸鈉 顯像處理,而設置厚度15 Am的電鍍光阻54。接著,以下 列條件施予電解電鍍’而形成厚度15_的電解電阻膜^ (參照第12圖(B))。再者,電解電鍍水溶液中的添加(8) After completing the above-mentioned substrate 30, a commercially-available photosensitive dry film is attached, and a photomask sheet is placed, and after exposure at 10 mJ / cm2, it is processed with 0.8% sodium carbonate imaging treatment and set 15 Am plated photoresist 54. Next, electrolytic plating was applied to the following conditions to form an electrolytic resistive film having a thickness of 15 mm (see FIG. 12 (B)). Furthermore, the addition to the electrolytic plating solution
546999 五、發明說明(32)546999 V. Description of Invention (32)
製造、力Μ 5F HL 劑為 7卜于_y夕个μ > [電解電鍍水溶液] 硫酸 2.24mol/l 硫酸銅 0.26 mol/1 製造、方> p Hl 添加劑(7卜于.y夕C十A :/ 19.5 m 1 / 1 [電解電鍍條件] 電流密度 lA/dm2 時間 6 5分鐘Manufacture, force MF 5F HL agent is 7 y y ^ μ > [Electrolytic plating aqueous solution] sulfuric acid 2.24 mol / l copper sulfate 0.26 mol / 1 Manufacture, formula > p Hl additive (7 y y y C Ten A: / 19.5 m 1/1 [Electrolytic plating conditions] Current density lA / dm2 Time 6 5 minutes
溫度 2 2 ± 2 °C (9) 以5 %NaOH剝離除去電鍍光阻54後,使用硝酸及硫酸 與過氧化氳的混合液蝕刻該電鍍光阻下的金屬層5 2而溶解 除去,形成金屬層52與電解電鍍膜56組成之厚度16//111的 導體電路58及介層窗60,以含有第二銅錯體與有機酸的蝕 刻液,形成粗化面5 8 α、6 0 α (參照第1 2圖(¢))。 (10) 接著,藉由重複上述(4)〜(9)的步驟,再形成上声 層間150及導體電路158 (包含介層窗16〇 )(參照曰 (A ) )。 μ _Temperature 2 2 ± 2 ° C (9) After stripping and removing the photoresist 54 with 5% NaOH, a mixed solution of nitric acid, sulfuric acid and thorium peroxide is used to etch the metal layer 5 2 under the photoresist to dissolve and remove to form a metal. The conductor circuit 58 and the interlayer window 60 with a thickness of 16 // 111 composed of the layer 52 and the electrolytic plating film 56 are formed into a roughened surface 5 8 α, 6 0 α ( Refer to Figure 12 (¢)). (10) Next, by repeating the above steps (4) to (9), the upper acoustic layer 150 and the conductor circuit 158 (including the interlayer window 16) are formed again (refer to (A)). μ _
(11) 接著,混和60重量%之甲酚酶(cres〇1)酚醛固 Uovoiak)型環氧樹脂(日本化學公司製造) ^烷基化之給予感光性之低臂人 礼丞bu 〜瓜〜合物(〇1 igomer )(分早吾 4000)46.67重量部、溶鮭认讲社 “ 、刀于里 酚A型環氧樹脂(油化 >,儿 解於甲基乙基嗣之80重量%之雙 製造、£。1(:〇16 1001)15重(11) Next, 60% by weight of a cresolase (cres〇1) phenol-formaldehyde-fixed Uovoiak) type epoxy resin (manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.) ^ alkylated, low-armed person who gives photosensitivity 丞 ~~~~ Compound (〇1 igomer) (for Hayago 4000) 46.67 parts by weight, soluble salmon identification company ", shocurol A-type epoxy resin (oilization >, 80% by weight of methyl ethyl hydrazone) Double manufacturing, £ .1 (: 〇16 1001) 15 heavy
546999 五、發明說明(33) 量部、咪哇硬化劑(四國化成製造、2 £ 4 Μ Z _ C N ) 1 · 6重量 部、具有感光性單體之多價烷基單體(日本化藥製造、 R604)3重量部、相同多價院基單體(共榮社化學製造、 DPE6A ) 1 · 5重量部、分散系消泡劑(吵y / y 3 公司製 造、S - 65)0.71重量部溶解於DMDG中放入容器中,授摔、 混合而調整成混合組成物,再對該混合組成物加入光起始 劑二苯基酮(benzophenone)(關東化學製造)2·〇重量 部、光增感劑米其勒酮(Michler,s ketone)(關東化里學 製造)0·2重量部,而得到在25°C之黏度調整至2·〇 pats 之銲錫光阻組成物(有機樹脂絕緣材料)。546999 V. Description of the invention (33) Quantitative part, Miwa hardener (manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Co., Ltd., 2 £ 4 Μ Z _ CN) 1 · 6 parts by weight, polyvalent alkyl monomer with photosensitive monomer (Japanese version) Pharmaceutical manufacturing, R604) 3 parts by weight, same polyvalent hospital-based monomers (Kyoeisha Chemical Manufacturing, DPE6A) 1 · 5 parts by weight, dispersing defoamer (manufactured by Y / Y 3, S-65) 0.71 The weight part is dissolved in DMDG and put into a container, and the mixture is adjusted to a mixed composition after being dropped and mixed. Then, the photoinitiator benzophenone (manufactured by Kanto Chemical) is added to the mixed composition. 2.0 weight part 2. Light sensitizer Michler (sketone) (manufactured by Kanto Kasei) 0.2 parts by weight, and a solder photoresist composition (organic) whose viscosity at 25 ° C is adjusted to 2.0 pats (organic) Resin insulation).
再者,黏度測定是以B型黏度劑(東京計器公司製 ie DVL B型)在6〇rpm的場合是以轉子ν〇· 4、6rpm的場/ 則以轉子No· 3而得。 (12)接著,在基板30上,以2〇//m的厚度塗佈上述銲錫^ 阻組成物,並以70t20分鐘、7〇t3〇分鐘的條件進行乾 處=彳^,使描繪有銲錫光阻開口部之圖案的厚度5mm的光 罩密者於銲錫光阻層70而以1 000 mJ/cm2的紫外線曝光, 以DMTG >谷液顯像處理,而形成2 〇 〇直徑的開口 7丨(參照第 1 3圖(B :+)。又’亦可使用市售的銲錫光阻。In addition, the viscosity measurement was obtained by using a B-type viscosity agent (ie, DVL B type manufactured by Tokyo Keiki Co., Ltd.) at 60 rpm with a field of a rotor ν0.4, and 6 rpm with a rotor No. 3. (12) Next, the above-mentioned solder ^ resist composition is coated on the substrate 30 at a thickness of 20 // m, and dried at 70t20 minutes and 70t30 minutes. Drying = 彳 ^, so that solder is drawn A 5 mm thick mask of the pattern of the photoresist opening is exposed to the solder photoresist layer 70 and exposed to 1 000 mJ / cm2 of ultraviolet light, and processed with DMTG &Valley; to form a 2000-diameter opening 7丨 (Refer to Figure 13 (B: +). Also, commercially available solder resists can be used.
(ϋ)接^,將形成銲錫光阻層(有機樹脂絕緣層)70之 :” f 含有氯化錄(2,3x io-im〇i/i)、次亞磷酸 m〇1/1 )、檸檬酸鈉(1. 6x 1〇、〇1/1 )之 = -4.5的無電解電鍍液中2〇分鐘, 之錄電鍵㈣。再將該基板於含有氰化ΓΐΛ 6x(ϋ) Next, a solder photoresist layer (organic resin insulation layer) 70 will be formed: "f contains chloride (2,3xio-im〇i / i), hypophosphite m〇1 / 1), Sodium citrate (1.6x 10, 〇1 / 1) = -4.5 in an electroless plating solution for 20 minutes, recording the bond ㈣. The substrate was then placed in a cyanide containing ΓΐΛ 6x
546999 五、發明說明(34) 10 3mol/l )、氣化銨(I 9 x 10-lm〇1/1 )、擰檬酸鈉(I 2 X 1 0 1 mo 1 / 1 )、次亞碌酸鈉(1 · 7 χ 1 〇-1 m〇 J / 1 )之無電解 電鍛液中’於80 C的條件浸潰7·5分鐘,而在錄電链層π 上形成厚度0.03 //m之金電鍍層74,而於導體電路158"上形 成銲錫塾75 (參照第13圖(C))。 (1 4 )之後,在銲錫光阻層7 〇的開口部7丨上印刷銲錫膏材 (paste),在2〇〇°C藉由軟溶(refi〇w)形成銲錫凸塊76。藉 此而内藏1C晶片20,可得到具有銲錫凸塊76之多層 ^ 路板1 0 (參照第1 4圖)。 鲜錫膏材可使用Sn/Pb、Sn/Sb、Sn/Ag、Sn/Ag/(:u 等。當然亦可使用放射線的低α線型的銲錫膏材。 在上述之實施例中,層間樹脂絕緣層5〇、i 5〇是使用 匕性樹脂片。該熱硬化性樹脂片是含有難溶性樹脂、 谷5粒子、硬化劑、其他成份者。以下分別加以說明。 系詩% ^製造方法使用之熱硬化性樹脂片而得之環氧 可溶:粒;ί = ί化劑中分散可溶性之粒子(以下稱為 二冷陡粒子)酸或氧化劑中分散難溶性 難溶性樹脂)者。 何胎I 乂卜祜馮 在同!:門::本發明使用<「難溶性」「可溶性」,是 •in:於同一種酸氧化劑組成之溶液中時,相對 簡稱為「難_」。 」相對地,溶解速度慢的 粒子(二;:=粒f ’舉例為酸或氧化劑中可溶性的樹脂 拉子(以下稱為可溶性樹脂粒子)、酸或氧化劑中可溶性 2160-3798-pf.ptd546999 V. Description of the invention (34) 10 3 mol / l), ammonium gasification (I 9 x 10-lm〇1 / 1), sodium citrate (I 2 X 1 0 1 mo 1/1), Ziyalu Sodium (1 · 7 χ 1〇-1 m〇J / 1) in the electroless forging fluid 'soaked at 80 C for 7.5 minutes, and formed a thickness of 0.03 on the recording chain layer π // m gold plating layer 74, and a solder tin 75 is formed on the conductor circuit 158 " (see FIG. 13 (C)). (14) After that, a solder paste is printed on the opening 7 of the solder photoresist layer 70, and solder bumps 76 are formed by refiow at 2000C. By incorporating the 1C chip 20 therein, a multilayer circuit board 10 having solder bumps 76 can be obtained (see FIG. 14). Fresh tin paste can use Sn / Pb, Sn / Sb, Sn / Ag, Sn / Ag / (: u, etc.) Of course, it is also possible to use radiation low-α-type solder paste. In the above-mentioned embodiment, the interlayer resin The insulating layers 50 and i 50 are made of a dagger-shaped resin sheet. The thermosetting resin sheet contains a hardly soluble resin, grain 5 particles, a hardener, and other components. Each of them will be explained below. The epoxy-soluble: granules obtained from the thermosetting resin sheet: ί = ί Those who dissolve soluble particles (hereinafter referred to as second cold steep particles) in acidifying agent or disperse hardly soluble resins in acid or oxidizer). He Fei I 乂 卜 祜 feng is here! : Door :: The present invention uses < " hardly soluble " " soluble ", which is • in: When in a solution composed of the same acid oxidant, it is relatively abbreviated as "difficult." ”In contrast, particles with a slow dissolution rate (two;: = particle f ′ are examples of soluble resin particles in acids or oxidants (hereinafter referred to as soluble resin particles), soluble in acids or oxidants 2160-3798-pf.ptd
第37頁 546999 - 五、發明說明(35) 的無機粒子(以T稱為^性 可溶性的金屬粒子(以+ )、酸或氧化劑中 可溶性粒子可單獨使用,”、、可洛性金屬粒子)等。該等 上述可溶性粒子的形狀並無特用。 片狀等。又上述可溶性粒子的形肤< 1 ,例如球狀、碎 為可形成具有平均粗度之凹凸的粗t:樣的形狀。因 上述可溶性粒子的平均粒徑 的範圍亦可含有兩種以上不 .1〜10 。該粒徑 均粒徑為〇.卜。.5_可:=1平含有二 溶性粒子等。#此可形成 粒佐卜3 _的可 密著性亦優良。再纟,實施如由化面’與導體電路的 可溶性粒子的最長部分的長度。 子的粒位疋 溶性樹脂粒子舉例如熱硬化樹脂、執可塑性樹 曰所、、且成者,浸潰於酸或氧化劑所組成之溶液 特別限定為比上述難溶性樹脂溶解速度快者。Λ / 脂、脂為脂氟= 可為-種選自上述樹脂,或心種=Page 37 546999-V. Inorganic particles of invention description (35) (T is called ^ soluble soluble metal particles (+), soluble particles in acid or oxidant can be used alone, ", cola metal particles) Etc. The shape of the above-mentioned soluble particles is not particularly useful. Flaky, etc. The shape of the above-mentioned soluble particles < 1 is, for example, spherical and broken into a rough t: like shape that can form unevenness with average thickness. Because the range of the average particle diameter of the soluble particles mentioned above may also contain two or more kinds of 1 to 10. The average particle diameter of the particle diameter is 0. bu .. 5_may: = 1 level contains two soluble particles, etc. # 此The granules can also be formed with excellent adhesion. Furthermore, the length of the longest portion of the soluble particles, such as the surface and the conductor circuit, is implemented. The particle position of the particles is, for example, a thermosetting resin, The plasticity tree is a well-established solution, and the solution composed of being impregnated with an acid or an oxidizing agent is particularly limited to a solution that dissolves faster than the above-mentioned poorly soluble resin. Λ / fat, fat is lipid fluoride = may be-selected from the above Resin, or heart seed =
二述可溶性樹脂粒子亦可使用橡膠組成之樹脂粒 子。上述橡膠可舉例如聚丁二烯橡膠、環氧改質、 質、(曱基)丙烯腈改質等之各種改質聚丁二烯橡膠、曰含 有叛基之(曱基)丙烯腈•丁二烯橡膠等。藉由使用上述 之橡膠,可溶性樹脂粒子變得容易溶解於酸或氧化劑中。As the second soluble resin particles, resin particles made of rubber can also be used. Examples of the aforementioned rubber include various modified polybutadiene rubbers such as polybutadiene rubber, epoxy modification, modification, (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile modification, and the like (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile containing butadiene. Diene rubber, etc. By using the above-mentioned rubber, the soluble resin particles are easily dissolved in an acid or an oxidizing agent.
2160-3798-pf.ptd 546999 1 五、發明說明(36) 最後,使用酸而溶解可溶性 的酸溶解,使用氧化劑溶解可“樹脂粒::以;酸以外 化力比較弱的過錳酸鹽溶解。又, 夺,亦可以氧 濃度溶解。因此,在樹脂表面沒 ,時,亦可以低 =般,粗化面形成後,賦予氣化夂的殘!,如後 媒,觸媒不會氧化。 7順媒時’給予觸 上述可溶性無機粒子H W & 物、鈣化合物、鉀化合物、 種、自鋁化合 之群組所組成之粒子。 、σ以及矽化合物所組成 可舉例等氫:化铭等’上述鈣化合物 酸卸等,上述鎂化合 ⑽等。該等化合物用可,舉λ如兩石夕、彿石 並用。 平殉便用,亦可兩種以上 鐵、m屬:子:舉:'至少-種選自銅、鎳、 子等。又,該等可溶性金成之粒 在表層披覆樹脂。 為了確保絕緣性,亦可 上述可溶性粒子混和兩種以使 ‘溶性粒子的組合較佳為樹脂粒 2時,此和兩種的可 地調整與難溶的=,同時可容易 組成之層間樹脂絕緣層的斷裂,/ ::t生樹脂薄膜所 而層間樹脂絕緣層與導體 2160-3798-pf.ptd 第39頁 546999 五、發明說明(37) 電路間亦不會發生剝離 上述難溶性樹脂,在層間樹脂絕緣層上 ,形成粗化面時,只要能保持粗化面的形狀,二^虱化 定,例如熱硬化樹脂、熱可塑性樹脂、上述之複I择=限 5丄亦可為賦予上述樹脂感光性之感光性樹脂。;m 感光性樹脂,可使用曝光•顯像處^ 成介層冑口用帛π。 隹層間樹月曰絕緣層形 上述之中,較佳為含有熱硬化樹脂者。藉此, 電鍍液或各種的加熱處理,亦可保持粗化面的形狀。 t述難溶性樹脂的具體例為例如環氧樹脂、酚樹脂、 本軋(phenoxy )樹脂、聚亞醯胺樹脂、聚伸苯基 (polyphenylene)樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、氟素樹脂g ^該 樹脂可單獨使用,或兩種以上並用亦可。 此外,較佳為在1分子中,具有2個以上的環氧基之環 氧樹脂。可形成前述的粗化面,耐熱性等亦優良,因此即 使在熱循環條件下,亦不會在金屬層發生應力的集中,且 難以引起金屬層的剝離。 上述環氧树脂可舉例如甲齡酶(c r e s 〇 1 )紛路固形物 (novolak)型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧 ,脂、酚酚醛固形物型環氧樹脂、烷基酚酚醛固形物型環丨f •氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、奈型環氧樹脂、雙環戊二烯 型環氧樹脂、具有酚類與酚性氫氧基之芳香族醛之縮合物 之環氧化物、三環氧(glycidy 1 )異三聚氰酸酯 , (cyanurate)、脂環式環氧樹脂等。上述可單獨使用亦可 ·2160-3798-pf.ptd 546999 1 V. Explanation of the invention (36) Finally, the soluble acid is dissolved by using acid and the oxidant is used to dissolve. It can also be dissolved by oxygen concentration. Therefore, when it is not on the surface of the resin, it can also be low. After the roughened surface is formed, it will give the residue of vaporized plutonium, as the post-catalyst, the catalyst will not oxidize. 7 In the case of mediation, the particles composed of the above-mentioned soluble inorganic particles HW & substances, calcium compounds, potassium compounds, species, and groups composed of aluminum compounds are given. Examples of hydrogen, chemical compounds, etc. 'The above calcium compounds can be used for acid removal, the above magnesium compounds can be used together, etc. These compounds can be used. For example, λ can be used in combination with two stone stones. 'At least-the species is selected from copper, nickel, seeds, etc. In addition, these soluble gold particles are coated with a resin on the surface layer. In order to ensure insulation, the above-mentioned soluble particles may be mixed with two kinds, and the combination of the soluble particles is preferably For resin granules 2, this and both Ground adjustment and insoluble =, meanwhile, the interlayer resin insulation layer can be easily broken, and the interlayer resin insulation layer and conductor made of / :: t raw resin film 2160-3798-pf.ptd page 39 546999 5. Description of the invention (37) The above-mentioned insoluble resin does not peel off between circuits. When the roughened surface is formed on the interlayer resin insulation layer, as long as the shape of the roughened surface can be maintained, it must be stabilized, such as thermosetting resin, thermoplasticity. Resin, the above-mentioned complex I selection = Limit 5 丄 can also be a photosensitive resin that imparts the sensitivity of the above resin; m photosensitive resin can be used for exposure and development ^ formation of the interlayer mouth 帛 π. 隹 layer tree Among the above-mentioned insulating layer shapes, those containing a thermosetting resin are preferred. Thereby, the shape of the roughened surface can be maintained by a plating solution or various heat treatments. A specific example of the poorly soluble resin is epoxy, for example. Resins, phenol resins, phenoxy resins, polyimide resins, polyphenylene resins, polyolefin resins, and fluorine resins. The resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, preferably at 1 point Among them, epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups can form the aforementioned roughened surface, and is also excellent in heat resistance and the like, so that stress concentration does not occur in the metal layer even under thermal cycling conditions, and It is difficult to cause the metal layer to peel off. The epoxy resin may be, for example, Cresol 〇1 novolak epoxy resin, bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy, Phenolic novolac solid epoxy resin, alkylphenol novolac solid epoxy ring f · oxygen resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, naphthalene epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin, phenols Epoxides, condensates of aromatic aldehydes with phenolic hydroxyl groups, glycidy 1 isocyanurates, cyanurates, alicyclic epoxy resins, etc. The above can be used alone or
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第40頁 546999 五、發明說明(38) 兩種以上並用。藉此 關於本發明使用之1 等優良者。 在上述難溶性樹脂中幾乎=^上述可溶性粒子較佳為 均之粗糙度之凹凸的粗 句/刀散者。因為可形成具有平 窗口與貫穿孔,而可確在樹脂薄膜上形成介層 的緊密性。此外,亦僅/ 上之導體電路之金屬層 可溶性粒子之樹脂^僅=成粗化面之表層部使用含有 可不以酸或氧化劑曝光s此,在樹脂薄膜的表層部以外 絕緣層之導體電路間的絕確實地保持經由層間樹脂 的配合薄於二脂中之可溶性粒子 面,而超過40重量%時 之凹凸的粗化 :時,不能溶解到樹脂薄氧: = = = 薄膜組成夕JS Μ也… Q个月b难符經由樹脂 為短路的^ 緣層之導體電路間的絕緣性,將成 以外上ΪΓ:ϊϊ除了上述可溶性粒子、上述難溶性樹脂 卜軼佳為3有硬化劑、其他成份等。2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 40 546999 V. Description of the invention (38) Two or more types are used together. In this regard, the first class of the present invention is excellent. In the above-mentioned poorly soluble resin, it is preferable that the above-mentioned soluble particles are rough / uneven ones having a uniform roughness. Since the flat window and the through hole can be formed, the tightness of the interlayer can be surely formed on the resin film. In addition, the resin of soluble particles in the metal layer of the conductor circuit only is used only in the surface layer portion of the roughened surface, which can be exposed without an acid or an oxidant. Between the conductor circuits and the insulating layer other than the surface layer portion of the resin film It is absolutely maintained that the thickness of the uneven surface is thinner than that of the soluble particles in the grease through the interlayer resin blending. When it exceeds 40% by weight, the roughness of the unevenness cannot be dissolved in the resin. Oxygen: = = = film composition JS Μ also … Q month b is difficult to pass through the insulation between the conductors and circuits of the short-circuited ^ edge layer of resin, and it will be ΪΓ: ϊϊ In addition to the above-mentioned soluble particles, the above-mentioned insoluble resin Bu Yijia has 3 hardeners and other ingredients.
上述硬化劑舉例有味唾系硬化劑、胺系硬化劑、胍 (guanidine)系硬化劑、上述硬化劑之環氧加成物 (addUCt)和上述硬化劑微膠囊化(micro capsule)者、三 酚膦(tnphenolephosphine)、四酚鱗根(ph〇sph〇nium) · 四酚硼酸鹽(borate)等的有機膦系化合物等。 上述硬化劑之含有量較佳為樹脂薄膜之0 · 0 5〜1 〇重量Examples of the hardener include a saliva-based hardener, an amine-based hardener, a guanidine-based hardener, an epoxy adduct (addUCt) of the hardener, and a microcapsule of the hardener. Organophosphine-based compounds such as tnphenolephosphine, tetraphenol, and tetrarate borate. The content of the above-mentioned hardener is preferably from 0.5 to 0.5 weight of the resin film.
546999 五、發明說明(39) %。未滿0 · 0 5重量%時’樹脂薄膜的硬化不充分,因此酸 和氧化劑侵入樹脂薄膜的程度增加,而損壞樹脂薄膜的絕 緣性。另一方面,超過1 0重量%時,過剩的硬化劑成份將 使樹脂之組成變質’而導致可靠性的降低。 上述之其他成份,例如有不影響粗化面的形成之無機 化合物或樹脂等的填充劑。上述無機化合物例如有矽、 鋁、白雲石等’上述樹脂例如有聚亞醯胺樹脂、聚丙烯酸 樹脂、聚醯胺亞醯胺樹脂、聚伸苯基樹脂、黑素 (melanin)樹脂、烯烴系樹脂等。藉由含有上述之填充 劑’可達到熱膨脹係數的整合以及耐熱性、耐藥品性的增 加等,而提高印刷電路板的性能。 又’上述樹脂填充劑亦可含有溶劑。上述溶劑例如有 丙酮、甲基乙基_、環己酮等的_類,乙基乙酸、丁基己 酸、赛珞蘇乙酸鹽(cellosolve acetate)和甲苯、二甲笨 等之芳香族碳氫化合物。上述溶劑可單獨使用,亦可兩= 類以上並用。但是,該等的層間樹脂絕緣層,加入35〇 ^ 以上的溫度時將完全溶解、碳化。 [實施例1的第1改變例]546999 V. Description of invention (39)%. When it is less than 0.5% by weight, the resin film is not sufficiently hardened, so that the degree of penetration of acids and oxidants into the resin film increases, and the insulation of the resin film is damaged. On the other hand, if it exceeds 10% by weight, an excessive amount of the hardener component will deteriorate the composition of the resin 'and cause a decrease in reliability. The other components mentioned above include, for example, fillers such as inorganic compounds or resins which do not affect the formation of the roughened surface. Examples of the inorganic compound include silicon, aluminum, and dolomite. Examples of the resin include polyimide resin, polyacrylic resin, polyimide resin, polyphenylene resin, melanin resin, and olefin-based resins. Resin, etc. By including the filler ′ described above, it is possible to achieve integration of thermal expansion coefficients and increase in heat resistance and chemical resistance, etc., thereby improving the performance of printed circuit boards. The resin filler may contain a solvent. Examples of the solvent include acetone, methylethyl, cyclohexanone, and the like, ethyl acetate, butylhexanoic acid, cellosolve acetate, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and dimethylbenzyl. Compound. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. However, such interlayer resin insulation layers will completely dissolve and carbonize when added to a temperature of 35 ° C or higher. [First Modification of Embodiment 1]
接著,參照第1 6圖說明實施例1之第1改變例的多層e 刷配線板。 P 在上述實施例1 ’是說明配設B G A的場合。第1改變例 是與貫施例1大致相同,但是是如第1 6圖所示經由導電性 接續拴96而取得接續之PGA方式而構成的。又,上述之實 施例1,介層窗是以雷射形成,但第1改變例是以光蝕刻步Next, a multilayer e-brush wiring board according to a first modification of the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 16. P In the above embodiment 1 ', the case where B G A is provided is explained. The first modified example is substantially the same as that in the first embodiment, but it is configured by a PGA method for obtaining a connection via a conductive connection bolt 96 as shown in FIG. 16. In the first embodiment described above, the interlayer window is formed by a laser, but the first modification is a photo-etching step.
546999546999
成介層窗。 配線板的製Into the interlayer window. Manufacturing of wiring boards
參照第1 5圖說明該第1改變例之多層印 造方法。 9 U (4 ) ·與實施例1同樣地,在經過(1)〜(3)上述步驟之美 板上,塗佈厚度50的熱硬化型環氧系樹脂5〇 (第15圖 ))〇 ^ ) ·接著’將描繪有對應介層窗形成位置的黑點4 9 a的 光罩薄片49載置於層間樹脂絕緣層5〇,而曝光(第15圖 (B ))。 (6 ) ·以DMTG液喷霧顯像,進行加熱處理而設置具備直 徑85的介層窗用開口48的層間樹脂絕緣層5〇 (第15圖(C (7 ) ·以過猛酸或鉻酸粗化層間樹脂絕緣詹5 〇的表面, 形成粗化面50α (第15圖(D))。以後的步驟與上述實 施例1相同,因此省略說明。粗化面較佳是在〇· 〇5〜5 /zm之 間0 上述實施例的半導體元件與比較例的半導體元件收容 於實施例1、第1改變例的多層印刷配線板評價的結果示於 第17圖、第18圖的圖表。 [比較例] 比較例是與實施例1的半導體元件相同的。但是,比 較例1沒有形成過渡層,晶粒墊直接埋入多層印刷配線 板0 [比較例2 ]A multilayer printing method according to the first modification will be described with reference to FIG. 15. 9 U (4) · As in Example 1, a thermosetting epoxy resin 50 with a thickness of 50 was applied to the beauty board that had undergone the above steps (1) to (3) (Fig. 15)) ^ ) Next, 'the photomask sheet 49 with the black dots 4 9 a corresponding to the position where the interlayer window is formed is placed on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 and exposed (Fig. 15 (B)). (6) • Developed by spraying with DMTG liquid, and heat-treated to provide an interlayer resin insulation layer 50 with a via hole opening 48 with a diameter of 85 (Figure 15 (C (7)). The surface of the acid roughened interlayer resin is insulated to form a roughened surface 50α (Fig. 15 (D)). The subsequent steps are the same as those in the first embodiment, so the description is omitted. The roughened surface is preferably 0 · 〇 5 to 5 / zm 0 The semiconductor elements of the above examples and the semiconductor elements of the comparative examples are housed in the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 1 and the first modification. The evaluation results are shown in the graphs of FIGS. 17 and 18. [Comparative Example] The comparative example is the same as the semiconductor element of Example 1. However, Comparative Example 1 did not form a transition layer, and the die pad was directly buried in the multilayer printed wiring board 0 [Comparative Example 2]
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第43頁 546999 五、發明說明(41) 一 在比較例2,是形成特開平9 — 3 21 4 0 8號的螺栓凸塊, 而埋入於多層印刷配線板。 評價項目為 ① 以目視判斷有餘晶粒塾的變色·溶解。 ② 調查可否形成介層窗用口,使用實施例!的多層印刷配 線板的製造方法,是否可以雷射形成直徑6 〇 β m的開口, 還有使用第1改變例的多層印刷配線板的製造方法,以光 的話,是否可形成直徑85em的開口。 ③ 測定晶粒塾與介層窗的接觸電阻。 第卜第3改變例的半導體元件,可得到適當的果,但 比較例1、2則發生介層窗的形成不良和接續不良,或電阻 值增大等的問題。 以實施例1的構造,可不經由引腳零件,取得Ic晶片 與印刷配線板的接續。所以,亦不需要樹脂封裝。並且, :於不會引起起因於引腳零件和封震樹脂的不具合,因此 續二和信賴性。x ’由於Ic晶片的墊與印刷配線板 的導電層疋直接接續’因此能提高電特性。 外邱ΐίΠϊ知的IC晶片的構裝方法,ic晶片〜基板〜 果。又能配設BGA、PGA等,而Hi減低迴路感抗的效 [實施例2] “口配線形成的自由度。 以下參照圖而說明本發明之杳h <實施例2。 片20 )的多層 說明收納實施例2的半導體元# / 收7〇件(I「曰 印刷配線板的構成。 θθ2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 43 546999 V. Description of the invention (41)-In Comparative Example 2, a bolt bump of No. 9-3 21 4 0 8 was formed and buried in a multilayer printed wiring board. The evaluation items were: ① The discoloration and dissolution of the remaining grains were visually judged. ② Investigate whether it is possible to form the opening for the interlayer window, use the example! The method of manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board of the present invention is whether a laser can form an opening with a diameter of 60 μm, and whether the method of manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board using the first modification example can form an opening with a diameter of 85em by light. ③ Measure the contact resistance between the crystal grains and the interlayer window. The semiconductor device according to the third modified example can obtain an appropriate result. However, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, problems such as defective formation and connection failure of the interposer window, and increased resistance values have occurred. With the structure of the first embodiment, the connection between the IC chip and the printed wiring board can be obtained without the lead components. Therefore, no resin encapsulation is required. In addition, since Yu does not cause the incompatibility caused by the pin parts and the shock-sealing resin, the reliability is continued. x 'Since the pad of the IC chip and the conductive layer 疋 of the printed wiring board are directly connected', the electrical characteristics can be improved. The method of constructing IC chips known from Waiqiu, IC chip ~ substrate ~ fruit. It can also be equipped with BGA, PGA, etc., and the effect of Hi to reduce the inductance of the loop [Embodiment 2] "The degree of freedom in the formation of the mouth wiring. The following description will explain the" h "of the present invention < Embodiment 2. Sheet 20) Multi-layered description of the semiconductor element of Example 2/70 pieces (I "the structure of a printed wiring board. Θθ
546999 五、發明說明(42) 如第2 4圖所示之多層印刷配線板1 0,是由載置參照第 3圖(B )而上述之實施例1的ic晶片20的散熱器30D ,收容 1C晶片20的核心基板3 i,1C晶片20上的層間樹脂絕緣層 50 ’與層間樹脂絕緣層1 50所組成。在層間樹脂絕緣層5〇 上形成有介層窗60以及導體電路58,而層間樹脂絕緣層 150上則形成有介層窗160以及導體電路158。 在層間樹脂絕緣層1 5 0之上,配設有銲錫光阻層7 〇。 在鮮錫光阻層70之開口部71下的導體電路158則設置有用 以與未圖式之子板,母板等的外部基板接續之銲錫凸塊 7 6 °546999 V. Description of the invention (42) The multilayer printed wiring board 10 shown in FIG. 24 is a heat sink 30D for placing the ic chip 20 of the first embodiment described above with reference to FIG. 3 (B), and accommodates The core substrate 3 i of the 1C wafer 20 is composed of an interlayer resin insulation layer 50 ′ and an interlayer resin insulation layer 150 on the 1C wafer 20. An interlayer window 60 and a conductor circuit 58 are formed on the interlayer resin insulation layer 50, and an interlayer window 160 and a conductor circuit 158 are formed on the interlayer resin insulation layer 150. A solder photoresist layer 70 is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 150. The conductor circuit 158 under the opening 71 of the fresh tin photoresist layer 70 is provided with a solder bump for connecting to an external substrate such as a daughter board or a mother board (not shown). 7 6 °
散熱器30D,是由氮化鋁、氧化鋁、模來石(mulUte 等的陶瓷,或鋁合金、銅、鄰青銅等的金屬所組成。在 Ϊ$ί用熱傳導率高的鋁合金或兩面施予粗化處理之銅备 2 在本實施例’在埋設於核心基板31的1c晶片2 的裡面女裂散熱器30D,藉以發㈣晶片2 5:" Γ5 1 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ / 160,導體雷女,在忒層間樹脂絕緣層上的介層窗60, Γ賴性路58,1 58沒有發生斷線。藉此而提高配“ 裝。:ΐ性熱器_是以導電性接著劑⑼安 的金屬粕,因為具有高熱傳導性’ 等 發生的熱從散熱器3〇D散出。 有效率地使1C晶片20 用導電性接著劑,作只 &此1C曰曰片20的安裝是使 W仁,、要疋熱傳導性高的接著The heat sink 30D is composed of aluminum nitride, aluminum oxide, mullite (ceramics such as mulUte, etc.), or aluminum alloy, copper, or adjacent bronze. Metals are used in high-conductivity aluminum alloys or on both sides. Pre-roughened copper preparation 2 In this embodiment, 'the female radiator 50D is cracked inside the 1c wafer 2 buried in the core substrate 31, so as to make the wafer 2 5: " Γ5 1 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ / 160, The conductor thunder, the interlayer window 60 on the interlayer resin insulation layer, Γ Laisi Road 58,1 58 did not break. This improves the installation .: Infrared heater_ is a conductive adhesive Due to its high thermal conductivity, the metal meal of Lu'an is dissipated from the heat sink 30D. The 1C chip 20 is efficiently mounted with a conductive adhesive, and the 1C chip 20 is mounted. It is to make W Ren, and to have high thermal conductivity.
546999546999
質皆可使用。 本實施例的多層印刷配線板1 〇,是使核心基板31内藏 I曰曰片20,並於該Ic晶片2〇的墊22配設過渡層38。所以, 不,用引腳零件和封褒樹脂,而能取得! c晶片與多層印刷 配線板(構襄基板)的電性接續。又,因為在IC晶片部分 形成過渡層38,1C晶片部分被平坦化,上層的層間樹脂絕 緣層50亦平坦化,而膜厚度變的均勻。並且,#由過渡 層’亦可保持形成上層的介層窗時形狀的穩定性。All can be used. In the multilayer printed wiring board 10 of this embodiment, a core substrate 31 is embedded with a wafer 20, and a transition layer 38 is disposed on a pad 22 of the IC wafer 20. So, no, you can get it with pin parts and sealing resin! c. Electrical connection between the wafer and the multilayer printed wiring board (construction substrate). Further, since the transition layer 38 is formed in the IC wafer portion, the 1C wafer portion is flattened, and the upper interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is also flattened, and the film thickness becomes uniform. In addition, #from transition layer 'can also maintain the stability of the shape when forming the upper via window.
並且’晶粒墊22上設置銅製的過渡層38,可防止墊22 上的樹脂殘留,又,在後續步驟時浸潰於酸和氧化劑或蝕 刻液中,即使經過各種回火步驟,墊22的變色,溶解亦不 會發生。藉此,可提高IC晶片與介層窗續 性。並且,在,m直徑的墊22上經由6Mm直徑以^過 渡層37,可確實地接續βΟνπ!直徑的介層窗。 繼續,參照第19圖〜第23圖說明參照第24圖而上述之 實施例2的多層印刷配線板的製造方法。Moreover, a copper transition layer 38 is provided on the die pad 22, which can prevent resin residue on the pad 22, and is immersed in an acid and an oxidant or an etching solution in the subsequent steps. Even after various tempering steps, the pad 22's Discoloration does not occur. Thereby, the continuity of the IC chip and the interlayer window can be improved. In addition, on the 22-m-diameter pad 22, the interlayer window of β0νπ! Diameter can be surely connected through the transition layer 37 with a diameter of 6Mm. Continuing, a method for manufacturing the multilayer printed wiring board according to the second embodiment described above with reference to Fig. 24 will be described with reference to Figs. 19 to 23.
(ο在由氮化鋁、氧化鋁、模來石等的陶瓷或鋁合金、 青銅等組成的版狀的散熱器30D (第19圖(Α))上 電性接著劑29 (第19圖(Β))。導電性接著劑是使导 有平均粒徑2〜5 /zm的銅粒子的膏材,而形成厚度1〇〜2〇 m 〇 卜 (2) 載置上述之實施例1、實施例!的第i改變例、第2改料 例、或第3改變例的1C晶片20 (第19圖(c ))。 交 (3) 接著,將安裝10晶片20的散熱器3〇載置於不鏽鋼(ο On a plate-shaped heat sink 30D (FIG. 19 (A)) composed of ceramics such as aluminum nitride, alumina, mullite, or bronze, etc., an electrically conductive adhesive 29 (FIG. 19 ( (B)). The conductive adhesive is a paste in which copper particles having an average particle diameter of 2 to 5 / zm are introduced to form a thickness of 10 to 20 m. (2) The above-mentioned Example 1 and implementation are placed. Example! The 1C chip 20 of the i-th modified example, the second modified example, or the third modified example (Fig. 19 (c)). Turn (3) Next, place a heat sink 30 with 10 chips 20 mounted thereon. Stainless steel
546999546999
壓板100A。於是,將玻璃布等的心材含浸於”樹 月曰、裱軋等的樹脂之未硬化的預浸料坯積層而成之厚度〇. ^«n的預浸料坯積層體31α載置於散熱器3〇D (第2〇圖(A ))。在預浸料坯積層體31α上預先設置IC晶片2〇的位置 設置通孔32。此處’使用心材含浸於樹脂的預浸料坯,但 亦可使用不具有心材的樹脂基板,或熱影化性樹脂與熱可 塑性樹脂含浸於心材的薄片。 (4)以不鏽鋼(SUS )壓板100A、l〇OB從上下方向加壓上 述積層體。此時,從預浸料坯31 α擠出樹脂31石,而填充 通孔32與1C晶片20之間的空間,同時覆蓋IC晶片2〇的上 面。藉此,1C晶片20與預浸料坯積層體31 α的上面完全平 坦(第20圖(Β ))。所以,後續步驟形成疊合層時,可 適當地形成介層窗以及配線,而能提高多層印刷配線板的 配線的信賴性。 (5) 之後’加熱而使預浸料坯的環氧樹脂硬化,而形成收 容1C晶片20的核心基板31 (第20圖(〇))。 (6) 在經過上述步驟的基板上,以溫度5〇〜15〇它昇溫並於 壓力5kg/cm真空壓耆層壓厚度5〇 am的熱硬化型環氧系'樹 脂’而設置環氧系樹脂組成的層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇 (第2 1圖 (A))。真空壓著實的真空度為丨〇mmHg。 (7) 接著’以波長10.4 /zm之C〇2氣體雷射,並以電波 (beam)直徑5mm、最熱模式(top hot mode)、脈衝波 (pulse) 5· 0 //秒、光罩的孔徑〇· 5_、;[射程的條件,在 層間樹脂絕緣層5 0上設置直徑6 〇 ν m之介層窗用開口 & βPressure plate 100A. Therefore, the core material such as glass cloth is impregnated with a thickness of "tree-moon, laminating, and other resins of uncured prepregs." ^ «N prepreg laminate 31α is placed on the heat sink Device 30D (Fig. 20 (A)). A through hole 32 is provided on the prepreg laminated body 31α at a position where an IC wafer 20 is provided in advance. Here, a prepreg impregnated with resin in a core material is used. However, it is also possible to use a resin substrate without a core material, or a sheet impregnated with a thermosetting resin and a thermoplastic resin. (4) The stainless steel (SUS) pressing plates 100A and 10OB are used to press the laminate from above and below. At this time, the resin 31 stone is extruded from the prepreg 31 α to fill the space between the through hole 32 and the 1C wafer 20 while covering the upper surface of the IC wafer 20. Thereby, the 1C wafer 20 and the prepreg The upper surface of the multilayer body 31 α is completely flat (Figure 20 (B)). Therefore, when forming a laminated layer in the subsequent steps, an interlayer window and wiring can be appropriately formed, and the reliability of the wiring of the multilayer printed wiring board can be improved. (5) After that, the epoxy resin of the prepreg is hardened to form a 1C wafer Core substrate 31 of 20 (Fig. 20 (0)). (6) On the substrate that has undergone the above steps, it is heated at a temperature of 50 to 150, and is laminated under a pressure of 5 kg / cm under vacuum to a thickness of 50 am. An interlayer resin insulating layer 50 composed of an epoxy resin is provided as a thermosetting epoxy resin (see FIG. 21 (A)). The degree of vacuum for vacuum compaction is 丨 0 mmHg. Co2 gas laser with a wavelength of 10.4 / zm and a beam diameter of 5mm, top hot mode, pulse 5 · 0 // second, aperture of the photomask 0.5 ·, ; [Range conditions, openings for interlayer windows with a diameter of 6 〇ν m are provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 0 & β
五、發明說明(45) 546999V. Description of the invention (45) 546999
(參照第21圖⑴卜使用鉻酸和過鐘酸除去開口㈣ 的樹脂殘留。在晶粒墊22上設置鋼製的過渡層3 此,可提高晶粒墊22與後述之介層窗6〇的連接性曰 性。並且,在40 直徑之晶粒墊22上經由6〇 /的 過渡層38 ’能確實地連接60 //m直徑的介層窗用開48。再 者,此處,是使用鉻酸而除去樹脂殘留,但亦可使用 襞和電暈處理而進行去殘渣(desraear)處理。 (8)接著,以過錳酸粗化層間樹脂絕緣層5〇的表面,而形 成粗化面5 0 α (第21圖(C ))。 (9)接著,在形成粗化面50 α的層間樹脂絕緣層5〇上設置 無電解電鍍膜52 (第22圖(Α))。無電解電鍍可使用 銅、錄。其厚度以0·3/ζιη〜1.2/ζπι的範圍為佳。未滿〇·3 // m,在層間樹脂絕緣層上無法形成金屬膜。超過丨· 2〆^ 則會殘留蝕刻的金屬膜,容易引起導體間的短路。以與實 化例1同樣的電鍍液以及電鍍條件形成電鑛膜。 除了上述以外’亦可使用與電漿處理同樣的裝置,以 Ni-Cu合金為乾材而以氣壓〇 6Pa,溫度8〇,電力2〇〇w,間 5小時的條件進行濺鍍,而於層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇的表面形 成Ni-Cu合金52。此時,形成之Ni_Cu合金層52的厚度為〇· 2 v m 〇 (10)、在完成上述處理之基板3〇上,貼合市售的感光性乾 膜’並載置光罩薄片,以10mJ/cm2曝光後,以0· 8 %碳酸 納顯像處理’而設置厚度2〇 的電鍍光阻54。接著,以 與實施例1相同的條件施予電解電鍍,而形成厚度丨5 # m的(Refer to FIG. 21: Chromic acid and perbellic acid are used to remove the resin residue in the opening.) A steel transition layer 3 is provided on the die pad 22. This can improve the die pad 22 and an interlayer window 6 described later. In addition, the 60 / m-diameter interlayer window can be reliably connected through a 60 / m transition layer 38 on a 40-diameter die pad 22 with a diameter of 48. Furthermore, here, it is Resin residue is removed using chromic acid, but desraear treatment may also be performed using osmium and corona treatment. (8) Next, the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is roughened with permanganic acid to form a roughening. Surface 5 0 α (Fig. 21 (C)). (9) Next, an electroless plated film 52 is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 forming the roughened surface 50 α (Fig. 22 (A)). Electroless Copper and copper can be used for electroplating. Its thickness is preferably in the range of 0.3 / ζιη to 1.2 / ζπι. It is less than 0.3 m, and a metal film cannot be formed on the interlayer resin insulation layer. Exceeding 丨 · 2〆 ^ The etched metal film will remain, and it is easy to cause a short circuit between the conductors. The electromine film is formed under the same plating solution and plating conditions as in Example 1. Except Other than the ones described above, the same device as the plasma treatment can be used. Ni-Cu alloy is used as a dry material, and sputtering is performed at a pressure of 0 Pa, a temperature of 80, a power of 2000w, and a period of 5 hours. A Ni-Cu alloy 52 is formed on the surface of the resin insulating layer 50. At this time, the thickness of the Ni_Cu alloy layer 52 to be formed is 0.2 vm 〇 (10). A photosensitive dry film was placed on a photomask sheet, exposed at 10 mJ / cm2, and then treated with a sodium carbonate development of 0.8% to provide a plating resist 54 having a thickness of 20. Next, the same photoresist as in Example 1 was used. Conditions apply electrolytic plating to form a thickness of 5 # m
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第48頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 48 546999
電解電阻膜56 (參照第22圖(B ))。再者,Φ_ 解電鍍水 溶液中的添加劑為 7卜于.y夕十八 > 製造、 力 Μ 5 > F HL 。 (11) 以5 %NaOH剝離除去電鍍光阻54後,使用峭酸及硫酸 與過氧化氳的混合液蝕刻該電鍍光阻下的金屬層5 2而^ ^ 除去,形成金屬層52與電解電鍍膜56組成之厚The electrolytic resistance film 56 (see FIG. 22 (B)). In addition, the additive in the Φ_ solution for electroplating water is 7 y / h > Manufacture, force M 5 > F HL. (11) After stripping and removing the plating photoresist 54 with 5% NaOH, the metal layer 52 under the plating photoresist is etched by using a mixed solution of krystic acid, sulfuric acid, and hafnium peroxide, and removed to form a metal layer 52 and an electrolytic capacitor. Thickness of composition 56
導體電路5 8及介層窗60,以含有第二銅錯體與有機二m的蝕 刻液,形成粗化面5 8 α、6 0 α (參照第2 2圖(c ))。在 本實施例’參照第2 0圖(C )而如上述,核心基板31的上 面完全平滑地形成,所以能以介層窗6〇取得過渡層38適當 地接續。因此’能提高多層印刷配線板的信賴性。 (12) 接著,藉由反覆上述(6)〜(11)的步驟,再形成上層 的層間樹脂絕緣層150以及導體電路158 (包含介層窗16"〇 )(第 23 圖(Α))。 (13)接著,得到與 樹脂絕緣材料)。 實施例1同樣的銲錫光阻組成物(有機 (14)接著,在基板3〇上,以2〇//111厚度塗佈上述銲錫光阻 ϊ ΐ '1 ί :70。。20分鐘、70。。30分鐘的條件進行乾燥處 〜f,使描軺有銲錫光阻開口部之圖案的厚度5mm的光罩The conductor circuit 58 and the interlayer window 60 form a roughened surface 5 8 α, 60 0 α with an etching solution containing a second copper complex and an organic compound (refer to FIG. 22 (c)). In this embodiment ', referring to FIG. 20 (C), as described above, the upper surface of the core substrate 31 is completely formed smoothly, so that the transition layer 38 can be appropriately connected through the interlayer window 60. Therefore, the reliability of the multilayer printed wiring board can be improved. (12) Next, by repeating the above steps (6) to (11), an upper interlayer resin insulating layer 150 and a conductor circuit 158 (including the interlayer window 16) are formed again (Fig. 23 (A)). (13) Next, a resin insulating material is obtained). The same solder photoresist composition (organic (14) as in Example 1) Next, the above-mentioned solder photoresist ϊ 1 '1 1: 70 °, 20 minutes, 70 was coated on the substrate 30 at a thickness of 20 // 111. Dry in 30 minutes under conditions of ~ f to make a mask with a thickness of 5 mm traced with a pattern of solder resist openings
雄者光阻層70而以1 000mJ/cm2的紫外線曝光,以 =:))像處理,而形成200,直徑的開口71 (參照第 (1 5)接著’在形成銲錫光阻層(有機樹脂絕緣層)70之The male photoresist layer 70 was exposed with 1 000 mJ / cm2 of ultraviolet light and treated with = :)) image to form 200 openings with a diameter of 71 (refer to (15)). Then, a solder photoresist layer (organic resin) was formed. Insulation layer) 70 of
546999 五、發明說明(47) 基板的開π部71上形成厚度5 _的鎳電链層^。再 鍍層72上形成厚度0.03/zm的金電鍍層74,而於導體雷/败' 158上形成銲錫墊75 (參照第23圖(C))。 (16)之後,在銲錫光阻層7〇的開口部71上印刷銲 (paste),在20(TC藉由軟溶(refl〇w)形成銲錫凸^材 後,將散熱器30D,以分成方塊分割成單片而得多層6最 配線板1 0 (參照第2 4圖)。 θ ^ [實施例2的第1改變例] 接著,參照第26圖說明實施例2之第丨改變 刷配線板。 」夕屬即 在上述實施例2,是說明配設BGA的場合。在第ι改 例,與實施例2大致相同,但是以第26圖所示經由導電 接續拴96而取得接續之PGA方式而構成。又,在上述之實 施例2,是以雷射形成介層窗,但在第丨改變例是以 形成介層窗。 參照第25圖說明該實施例2之第i改變例的多層印刷配 線板的製造方法。 (4)與實施例2同樣地,在經過(1)〜(3)上述步驟之基板 上,塗佈厚度50 //m的熱硬化型環氧系樹脂5〇 (第25圖(a546999 V. Description of the invention (47) A nickel electric chain layer having a thickness of 5 mm is formed on the opening portion 71 of the substrate. A gold plating layer 74 having a thickness of 0.03 / zm is formed on the re-plating layer 72, and a solder pad 75 is formed on the conductor lightning / failure 158 (see FIG. 23 (C)). (16) After that, paste is printed on the opening 71 of the solder photoresist layer 70, and a solder bump is formed at 20 (TC by reflow), and then the heat sink 30D is divided into The block is divided into a single piece and the multi-layer 6 is the most wiring board 10 (refer to FIG. 24). Θ ^ [First Modification of Embodiment 2] Next, the change of the brush wiring of Embodiment 2 will be described with reference to FIG. 26. The second embodiment is the case where the BGA is provided. In the first modification, it is almost the same as the second embodiment, but the connection PGA is obtained through the conductive connection bolt 96 as shown in FIG. 26. In the second embodiment described above, the interlayer window is formed by laser, but in the fourth modification example, the interlayer window is formed. The i-th modification of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 25. A method for manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board. (4) In the same manner as in Example 2, a thermosetting epoxy resin 50 having a thickness of 50 // m is applied to the substrate subjected to the above steps (1) to (3). (Figure 25 (a
)° 5\接著,將描繪有對應介層窗形成位置的黑點49a的光 罩溥片4 9載置於層間樹脂絕緣層$ 〇,而曝光(第2 $圖(b ))° (6)以DMTG液喷霧顯像,進行加熱處理而設置具備直徑85) ° 5 \ Next, a photomask 4 9 with black dots 49a corresponding to the position where the interlayer window is formed is placed on the interlayer resin insulation layer $ 0, and exposed (the second figure (b)) ° (6 ) It is developed by spraying with DMTG liquid and heat treatment is performed to provide a diameter of 85
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第50頁 546999 五、發明說明(48) ----—-- 的介層窗用開口48的層間樹脂絕緣層5〇 (第託圖(c ) (7) 粗化 相同 形成 施例2 以過錳酸或鉻酸粗化層間樹脂絕緣層5〇的表面 面50α (第25圖(D))。以後的步驟盥上 ,因此省略說明。 一 ^實 [實施例2的第2改變例] 接著說明實施例2之第2改變例的多層印刷配線板。 在上述之第1、第1改變例,是以預浸料坯形成核心基 板。相對於此,在第2改變例,是將預浸料坯暫時硬化而 成之樹脂基板以預浸料坯而固定於散熱器3〇D。 、參照第27圖說明該第2改變例之多層印刷配線板的製 經由導電性接著劑29而安裝IC晶片2〇於兩面粗化之銅 油,成之散熱器3〇d,並載置於不鏽鋼(sus )壓板1〇〇A。 於是,將玻璃布等的心材含浸於BT樹脂、環氧等的樹脂之 未硬化的預浸料堪(〇.2111111) 31 α載置於散熱器3〇d。並 ^ ,在預浸料坯31 α上,載置積層上述預浸料坯而硬化之 樹脂基板(〇· 4隨)31 r (第27圖(Α ))。在預浸料坯31 «,樹脂基板31 r上,預先於1C晶片20的位置設置通孔 32 〇 (2)以不鏽鋼(SUS )壓板100Α、100Β從上下方向加壓上 述積層體。此時,從預浸料坯31 α擠出樹脂31召,而填充 通孔3 2與IC晶片2 0之間的空間,同時覆蓋I c晶片2 0的上 面。藉此,1C晶片20與預浸料坯積層體31 α的上面完全平2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 50 546999 V. Description of the invention (48) -------- The interlayer resin insulation layer 50 of the opening 48 for the interlayer window (the figure (c) (7) rough In the same way as in Example 2, the surface 50α of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 was roughened with permanganic acid or chromic acid (Fig. 25 (D)). The following steps are used, so the description is omitted. Second Modified Example of 2] Next, a multilayer printed wiring board according to a second modified example of Embodiment 2 will be described. In the first and first modified examples described above, the core substrate is formed of a prepreg. In contrast, in the first In the second modification, a resin substrate obtained by temporarily curing a prepreg is fixed to the heat sink 30D with the prepreg. The manufacturing process of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the second modification will be described with reference to FIG. 27. The conductive adhesive 29 was used to mount the IC chip 20 with copper oil roughened on both sides, to form a heat sink 30 d, and to place it on a stainless steel (sus) platen 100 A. Then, a heart material such as glass cloth was impregnated Uncured prepreg (0.2111111) 31 for resins such as BT resin and epoxy is placed on the radiator 30 d. On α, a resin substrate (0.4 ·) which is hardened by laminating the prepregs described above is placed 31 r (Fig. 27 (A)). On the prepreg 31 «, the resin substrate 31 r is placed in advance at 1C A through hole 32 is provided at the position of the wafer 20. (2) The laminated body is pressurized from above and below with stainless steel (SUS) pressing plates 100A and 100B. At this time, the resin 31 is extruded from the prepreg 31 α to fill the through hole. The space between 32 and the IC chip 20 covers the top surface of the IC chip 20 at the same time. With this, the top surface of the 1C wafer 20 and the prepreg laminated body 31 α is completely flat.
2160>3798-pf.ptd 546999 五、發明說明(49) )。所以’後續步驟形成疊合層時,可 適虽地形成介層窗以及配線,而 f 配線的信賴性。 〇 7 « I則配線板的 (3:之後’加熱而使預浸料述的環氧樹脂硬化 =片二的核心基板31 (第27圖(c))。以後的步驟 與實例2相同,因此省略說明。 姑,ί!施Γ,是在埋設於核心基板的1c晶片的裡面安 J政,、、、窃’能發散1C晶片產生的&。藉此,能防止核心基 板以及形成於核心基板上的層間樹脂絕緣層的彎曲,而不 會在該層間樹脂絕緣層上的介層t,導體電路發生斷線。 又,藉由本發明之上述構造,可不經由引腳零件,取 ,IC晶片與印刷配線板的接續。所以,亦不需要樹脂封 裝二並且,由於不會引起起因於引腳零件和封裝樹脂的不 具合,因此提高接續性和信賴性。x,由於IC晶片的墊與 印刷配線板的導電層是直接接續,因此能提高電特性。 再者,比起習知的1C晶片的構裝方法,亦可縮短IC晶 片〜基板〜外部基板的配線長,亦具有可減低迴路感抗的效 果。 [實施例3 ] 以下參照圖而說明本發明之實施例3。 如第33圖所示之實施例3的多層印刷配線板1〇,是由 收容1C晶片20之核心基板30,與層間樹脂絕緣層5〇,層間 樹知絕緣層1 5 0所組成。在層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇上形成有介 層® 6 0以及導體電路5 8,而層間樹脂絕緣層丨5 〇上則形成2160 > 3798-pf.ptd 546999 V. Description of the invention (49)). Therefore, when the superposed layer is formed in the subsequent steps, a via window and wiring can be appropriately formed, and the reliability of the wiring can be improved. 〇7 «I (3: after 'heating of the wiring board to harden the epoxy resin described in the prepreg = core substrate 31 of the second sheet (Figure 27 (c)). The subsequent steps are the same as in Example 2, so The explanation is omitted. Ί! 施 Γ is installed inside the 1c wafer embedded in the core substrate, and it can generate & that can disperse the 1C wafer. This can prevent the core substrate and the core substrate from being formed. The interlayer resin insulation layer on the substrate is bent without disconnecting the conductor circuit on the interlayer t on the interlayer resin insulation layer. Furthermore, with the above-mentioned structure of the present invention, the IC chip can be taken without going through the lead parts. Connection to printed wiring boards. Therefore, no resin encapsulation is required. In addition, it does not cause the misalignment of lead parts and packaging resin, so it improves connectivity and reliability. X, because the IC chip pads and printed wiring The conductive layer of the board is directly connected, so it can improve the electrical characteristics. Furthermore, compared with the conventional 1C chip mounting method, the wiring length of the IC chip to the substrate to the external substrate can be shortened, and the inductance of the circuit can be reduced. Effect [Embodiment 3] Hereinafter, Embodiment 3 of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. As shown in Fig. 33, the multilayer printed wiring board 10 according to Embodiment 3 is a core substrate 30 that houses a 1C wafer 20 and is insulated from the interlayer resin. The layer 50 is composed of an interlayer insulating layer 150. An interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is formed with an interlayer® 60 and a conductor circuit 58, and an interlayer resin insulating layer 5 is formed on the interlayer resin insulating layer 5
WW
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第52頁 546999 五、發明說明(50) 有介層窗160以及導體電路158。 在層間樹脂絕緣層1 50之上,配設有銲錫光阻層70。 在銲錫光阻層70之開口部71下的導體電路158則設置有用 以與未圖式之子板,母板等的外部基板接續之銲錫凸塊 76 ° 實施例3的多層印刷配線板1 〇,是使核心基板31内藏 1C晶片20,並於該ic晶片20的墊22配設過渡層38。所以, 不使用引腳零件和封裝樹脂,而能取得I C晶片與多層印刷 配線板(構裝基板)的電性接續。又,因為在〗c晶片部分 形成過渡層38,I C晶片部分被平坦化,上層的層間樹脂絕 緣層50亦平坦化,而膜厚度變的均勻。並且,藉由過渡 層’亦可保持形成上層的介層窗時形狀的穩定性。 並且’晶粒塾22上設置銅製的過渡層38,可防止墊22 上的樹脂殘留,又,在後續步驟時浸潰於酸和氧化劑或蝕 刻液中’即使經過各種回火步驟,墊2 2的變色,溶解亦不 會發生。藉此’可提高I C晶片與介層窗的接續性和信賴 性。並且’在40 /zm直徑的墊22上經由6〇 直徑以上的過 渡層37,可確實地接續60"^直徑的介層窗。2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 52 546999 V. Description of the invention (50) There is a via 160 and a conductor circuit 158. A solder resist layer 70 is disposed on the interlayer resin insulating layer 150. The conductor circuit 158 under the opening 71 of the solder photoresist layer 70 is provided with a solder bump 76 ° for connection to an external substrate such as a daughter board or a mother board (not shown). The multilayer printed wiring board 1 of the third embodiment. The 1C wafer 20 is embedded in the core substrate 31, and a transition layer 38 is disposed on the pad 22 of the IC wafer 20. Therefore, the electrical connection between the IC chip and the multilayer printed wiring board (construction substrate) can be obtained without using lead parts and packaging resin. In addition, because the transition layer 38 is formed in the wafer portion, the IC wafer portion is planarized, and the upper interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is also planarized, and the film thickness becomes uniform. In addition, the transition layer 'can also maintain the stability of the shape when the upper via window is formed. And "a copper transition layer 38 is provided on the grain 22, which can prevent the resin on the pad 22 from remaining, and is immersed in an acid and an oxidant or an etching solution in subsequent steps." Even after various tempering steps, the pad 2 2 Discoloration and dissolution will not occur. This' can improve the continuity and reliability of the IC chip and the via. In addition, a 60 " diameter via window can be surely connected to the pad 22 having a diameter of 40 / zm via the transition layer 37 having a diameter of 60 or more.
繼續’參照第2 8〜3 2圖說明參照第3 3圖而上述之實施 例3的多層印刷配線板的製造方法。 ‘(1 )以玻璃布等的心材含浸於BT (雙馬來酸酐縮亞胺三 嗶)樹脂、ί哀氧等的樹脂之預浸料坯積層而硬化之厚度〇 · 5mm的絕緣樹脂基板30Α為出發材料(第1〇圖(Α ))。首 先,在絕緣樹脂基板30A形成IC晶片收容用的通孔32 (第Continuing 'The manufacturing method of the multilayer printed wiring board of the third embodiment described above with reference to Figures 33 to 32 will be described with reference to Figures 28 to 32. '(1) Insulating resin substrate 30A with a thickness of 0.5 mm laminated with a core material such as glass cloth and impregnated with a prepreg of BT (bismaleic anhydride imide tri-beep) resin, resin, etc. It is the starting material (Fig. 10 (A)). First, a through-hole 32 for IC chip accommodation is formed in an insulating resin substrate 30A (No.
第53頁 546999Page 53 546999
28圖(A ))。在此,雖使用心材含浸於樹脂之樹脂基板 3 0 A,但亦可使用不具備心材的樹脂基板。 (2 ) 之後,在絕緣樹脂基板30A的通孔32上,收容上述 之實施例1的製造方法之IC晶片2 0 (第2 8圖(B ))。 (3 )於疋’將收容IC晶片2 0的絕緣樹脂基板3 〇 a,同樣 的’與玻璃布等的心材含浸於BT、環氧等的樹脂之預浸料 链積層而硬化之厚度〇· 2mm的絕緣樹脂基板(核心基板)Figure 28 (A)). Here, although a resin substrate 30 A impregnated with resin in a core material is used, a resin substrate without a core material may be used. (2) Thereafter, the through-hole 32 of the insulating resin substrate 30A houses the IC wafer 20 of the manufacturing method of the first embodiment described above (FIG. 28 (B)). (3) The thickness of the insulating resin substrate 3a that houses the IC chip 20 and the same as the core material of glass cloth impregnated with prepreg chain of resin such as BT and epoxy and laminated and cured. 2mm insulating resin substrate (core substrate)
30B,經由玻璃布等的心材含浸於環氧等的樹脂之未硬化 的預浸料坯30C (厚度0.1mm)而積層(第28圖(c))。 在此,是使用心材含浸於樹脂之樹脂基板3〇B,但亦可使 用不具備心材的樹脂基板。又,亦可使用心材含浸於各種 熱硬化性樹脂或熱硬化性樹脂與熱可塑性樹脂的薄片代替 預浸料链。 (4)以不鏽鋼(SUS)壓板100A、1〇〇Β從上下方向加壓 上述積層體。此時,從預浸料坯3〇C擠出樹脂3丨α,而填 充通孔3 2與I C晶片2 0之間的空間,同時覆蓋I c晶片2 0的上 面。藉此,1C晶片20與絕緣樹脂基板30Α的上面完全平坦 (第2 9圖(A ))。所以,後續步驟形成疊合層時,可適30B is laminated with a core material such as glass cloth impregnated with an uncured prepreg 30C (thickness: 0.1 mm) in a resin such as epoxy (Fig. 28 (c)). Here, the resin substrate 30B in which the core material is impregnated with resin is used, but a resin substrate without a core material may be used. In addition, instead of the prepreg chain, a sheet in which the core material is impregnated with various thermosetting resins or thermosetting resins and thermoplastic resins may be used. (4) The laminated body is pressed with a stainless steel (SUS) platen 100A, 100B from above and below. At this time, the resin 3? Α is extruded from the prepreg 30C to fill the space between the through hole 32 and the IC wafer 20 while covering the upper surface of the IC wafer 20 at the same time. Thereby, the upper surfaces of the 1C wafer 20 and the insulating resin substrate 30A are completely flat (FIG. 29 (A)). Therefore, when forming a laminated layer in the subsequent steps,
當地开> 成介層窗以及配線,而能提高多層印刷配線板的配 線的信賴性。 ‘(5 )之後,加熱而使未硬化的的環氧樹脂3 〇 α硬化,而 形成收容1C晶片20的核心基板31 (第29圖(Β))。 (6 )在經過上述步驟的基板上,以溫度5〇〜150 °C昇溫並 於壓力5 kg/cm2真空壓著層壓厚度5〇 的熱硬化型環氧系Local opening > The formation of interlayer windows and wiring can improve the reliability of the wiring of multilayer printed wiring boards. (5) After that, the uncured epoxy resin 3 0 α is cured to form a core substrate 31 that houses the 1C wafer 20 (FIG. 29 (B)). (6) On the substrate after the above steps, heat-curing epoxy-based epoxy resin with a thickness of 50 was heated at a temperature of 50 to 150 ° C and vacuum-pressed at a pressure of 5 kg / cm2.
2160-3798-pf.ptd2160-3798-pf.ptd
546999 五、發明說明(52) 樹脂薄片,而設置主要以熱硬化性樹脂組成的層間樹脂絕 緣層50 (第29圖(C))。真空壓著實的真空度為 lOmmHg 〇546999 V. Description of the invention (52) A resin sheet, and an interlayer resin insulating layer 50 mainly composed of a thermosetting resin is provided (Fig. 29 (C)). The vacuum degree of vacuum compaction is 10mmHg.
(7) 接者’以波長10.4/zm之C〇2氣體雷射’並以電波 (beam)直徑5mm、最熱模式(top hot mode)、脈衝波 (pu 1 se) 5· 0 //秒、光罩的孔徑〇· 5mm、1射程的條件,在 層間樹脂絕緣層5 0上設置直徑6 0 // m之介層窗用開口 4 8 (參照第3 0圖(A ))。使用鉻酸和過猛酸除去開口 4 8内 的樹脂殘留。在晶粒墊22上設置銅製的過渡層38,藉 此’可提咼晶粒塾22與後述之介層窗60的連接性和信賴 性。並且,在40 直徑之晶粒墊22上經由60 //m以上的 過渡層38,能確實地連接60 μιη直徑的介層窗用開48。再 者’此處’雖使用氧化劑除去樹脂殘留,但亦可使用氧電 聚和電暈處理而進行去殘潰(desmear)處理。 (8 )接著,以過錳酸粗化層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇的表面,而 形成粗化面50α (第30圖(B))。(7) Connected by a CO2 gas laser with a wavelength of 10.4 / zm and a beam diameter of 5mm, a top hot mode, and a pulse wave (pu 1 se) 5 · 0 // second With the aperture of the photomask 0.5 mm and a range of 1, the interlayer resin insulation layer 50 is provided with an opening 48 for an interlayer window with a diameter of 60 / m (see FIG. 30 (A)). Residual resin in the openings 4 and 8 was removed using chromic acid and peracid. A copper transition layer 38 is provided on the die pad 22, whereby the connection and reliability of the die pad 22 and an interlayer window 60 described later can be improved. Furthermore, a 60 μm diameter interlayer window opening 48 can be reliably connected to a 40-diameter die pad 22 via a transition layer 38 of 60 // m or more. In addition, although "residue" is used here to remove resin residues, it is also possible to perform desmear treatment using oxygen polymerization and corona treatment. (8) Next, the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is roughened with permanganic acid to form a roughened surface 50α (Fig. 30 (B)).
(9 )接著,在形成粗化面5 0 α的層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇上設 置無電解電鍍膜52 (第30圖(C))。無電解電錄可使用 銅、鎳。其厚度以〇.3//m〜1.2//m的範圍為佳。未滿〇·3 μ m ’在層間樹脂絕緣層上無法形成金屬膜。超過1 · 2 ν ffl 則會殘留餘刻的金屬膜,容易引起導體間的短路。以與實 施例1同樣的電鍍液以及電鍍條件形成電鍍膜。 除了上述以外,亦可使用與電漿處理同樣的裝置,以 Ni-Cu合金為靶材而以氣壓〇.6Pa,溫度8〇,電力i〇w,間(9) Next, an electroless plated film 52 is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 forming the roughened surface 5 0 α (Fig. 30 (C)). Electroless recording can use copper and nickel. The thickness is preferably in the range of 0.3 // m to 1.2 // m. Less than 0.3 μm 'cannot form a metal film on the interlayer resin insulating layer. If it exceeds 1 · 2 ν ffl, the remaining metal film will remain, which may easily cause a short circuit between conductors. A plating film was formed under the same plating solution and plating conditions as in Example 1. In addition to the above, the same device as the plasma treatment can also be used, with Ni-Cu alloy as the target and an air pressure of 0.6 Pa, a temperature of 80, an electric power of 0, and
546999 五、發明說明(53) 5小時的條件進行濺鍍,而於層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇的表面形 成Ni-Cu合金52。此時,形成之Ni-Cu合金層52的厚度為〇 2 v m 〇 (10 )在完成上述處理之基板30上,貼合市售的感光性 乾膜’並載置光罩薄片,以10mJ/cm2曝光後,以Q.8%碳 酸鈉顯像處理,而設置厚度20 //in的電鍍光阻54。接著, 以與實施例1相同的條件施予電解電鍍,而形成厚 的電解電阻膜56 (參照第31圖(A )) 。 & (11 )以5 %NaOH剝離除去電鍍光阻54後,使用硝酸及硫 酸與過氧化氫的混合液蝕刻該電鍍光阻下的金屬層52而溶 解除去’形成金屬層52與電解電鍍膜56組成之厚产16^m 的導體電路58及介層窗60,以含有第二銅錯體^機酸的 蝕刻液,形成粗化面5 8 α、6 0 α (參照第31圖(B ))。 在本實施例’參照第29圖u)而如上述’核心基板31的 上面完全平滑地形成’所以能以介層窗6〇取得過渡層38適 當地接續。因此,能提高多層印刷配線板的信賴性。 (12)接著,藉由反覆上述(6)〜(11)的步驟,再形成 層的層間樹脂絕緣層150以及導體電路158 160 )(第31 圖(C ))。 、匕 3 ’丨層 * (13 )接著’ #到調整與實施船$樣的鮮 (有機樹脂絕緣材料)。 、'或物 (14 )#著,在基板30上,以 ;組f物’並以咖分鐘,。⑽分鐘的:件S = 處理後,使描緣有鲜錫光阻開口部之圖案的厚度=丁的乾光知 2160-3798-pf.ptd546999 V. Description of the invention (53) Ni-Cu alloy 52 is formed on the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 by sputtering for 5 hours. At this time, the thickness of the formed Ni-Cu alloy layer 52 is 0 2 vm 0 (10) On the substrate 30 that has been processed as described above, a commercially-available photosensitive dry film is bonded, and a photomask sheet is placed at 10 mJ / After cm2 exposure, it was developed with Q.8% sodium carbonate, and a plating resist 54 with a thickness of 20 // in was set. Next, electrolytic plating was applied under the same conditions as in Example 1 to form a thick electrolytic resistance film 56 (see FIG. 31 (A)). & (11) After stripping and removing the plating photoresist 54 with 5% NaOH, a mixed solution of nitric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide is used to etch the metal layer 52 under the plating photoresist to dissolve and remove the metal layer 52 and the electrolytic plating film. The conductor circuit 58 and the interlayer window 60 with a thickness of 56 and a composition of 56 are formed with an etching solution containing a second copper complex ^ organic acid to form a roughened surface 5 8 α, 6 0 α (refer to FIG. 31 (B )). In the present embodiment, 'refer to FIG. 29 u), as described above,' the upper surface of the core substrate 31 is formed completely smoothly ', so that the transition layer 38 can be appropriately connected through the interlayer window 60. Therefore, the reliability of a multilayer printed wiring board can be improved. (12) Next, by repeating the above steps (6) to (11), an interlayer resin insulating layer 150 and a conductor circuit 158 160 are formed again (Fig. 31 (C)). Dagger 3 ′ 丨 layer * (13) and then ’# to adjust and implement the ship-like fresh (organic resin insulation material). "OR 物 (14) # 着, on the substrate 30, with; group f 物 'and take coffee minutes. ⑽minutes: piece S = thickness of the pattern with fresh tin photoresist openings after processing = Ding Guangzhi 2160-3798-pf.ptd
第56頁 546999Page 546 999
罩密著於銲錫光阻& θ 〇而以1000mJ/cm2的紫外線曝光,以 DMTG >谷液顯像處理,而形 32圖(A) ) 。 ^成200 /zm直住的開口71 (參照第 (15) 接著,在形成銲錫光阻層(有機樹脂絕緣層)7〇 之基板的開口部71上形成厚度5#m的錄電鐘層72。再於錄 電鍍層72上形成厚度〇·〇3//πι的金電鍍層74,而於導體電 路158上形成銲錫墊75(參照第32圖(β)) 。 · (16) 之後,在銲錫光阻層7 0的開口部71上印刷銲錫膏 · 材(paste) ’在200 °C藉由軟溶(reflow)形成銲錫凸塊76。 於是,以dicing分割成單片而得多層印刷配線板1〇 (參照 # 第32圖(C))。在第32圖(C)中,顯示圖式的更便宜之 多層印刷配線板2分割者,但亦可同時以1 β分割、3 2分 割、6 4分割製造多數個I c晶片内藏多層印刷配線板。 實施例3,經由參照第2 8圖(A )〜第3 2圖(B )而上述 之步驟,製造多數個具備半導體元件之多層印刷配線板。 於是,如第32圖(C)所示,裁成單片而得各個多層印刷 配線板。所以,可有效率地製造上述信賴性高的多層印刷 配線板10 (參照第33圖)。 [實施例3的第1別例] 接著,參照第35圖說明實施例3之別例的多層印刷配 .線板。 上述實施例3是說明配設BGA的場合。第1別例,與實 施例3大致相同,但是是如第3 5圖所示經由導電性接續拴 96而取得接續之PGA方式而構成的。又,上述之實施例3,The mask was in close contact with the solder photoresist & θ 〇 and was exposed to 1000 mJ / cm2 of ultraviolet light, and was processed with DMTG &Valley; and Figure 32 (A)). The opening 71 which is straight 200 / zm (refer to (15)) Next, a recording clock layer 72 with a thickness of 5 # m is formed on the opening 71 of the substrate on which the solder photoresist layer (organic resin insulation layer) 70 is formed. A gold plating layer 74 having a thickness of 0.03 // πm is formed on the recording plating layer 72, and a solder pad 75 is formed on the conductor circuit 158 (refer to FIG. 32 (β)). After (16), Solder paste / paste is printed on the opening 71 of the solder photoresist layer 70. The solder bumps 76 are formed by reflow at 200 ° C. Therefore, the wiring is divided into single pieces by dicing and printed in multiple layers. Board 10 (refer to # 32 (C)). In Figure 32 (C), the cheaper multilayer printed wiring board is shown in 2 divisions, but it can also be divided in 1 β and 3 2 divisions. The multilayer printed wiring board with a plurality of IC chips embedded in the wafer is manufactured in a divided manner. Example 3 manufactures a plurality of semiconductor devices with a semiconductor element by referring to FIG. 28 (A) to FIG. 32 (B). Multilayer printed wiring board. As shown in FIG. 32 (C), each multilayer printed wiring board is cut into a single piece. Therefore, it can be manufactured efficiently. The highly reliable multilayer printed wiring board 10 (refer to FIG. 33). [First Alternative Example of Embodiment 3] Next, referring to FIG. 35, the multilayer printed wiring board of another example of Embodiment 3 will be described. Example 3 illustrates a case where a BGA is provided. The first other example is substantially the same as Example 3, but is configured by a PGA method for obtaining a connection via a conductive connection bolt 96 as shown in FIG. 35. Further, the above实施 例 3, Example 3,
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第57頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 57 546999
=層窗是以雷射形成,但第1別例是以光蝕刻形成介層 方法參照第34圖說明該第i別例之多層印刷配線板的製造 (4 ) ·、與實施例3同樣地,在經過(1)〜(3)上述步驟之基 板上,塗佈厚度50 //m的熱硬化型環氧系樹脂5〇 (第34 ^ (A ) ) 。 ° j 5 ):接著,將描繪有對應介層窗形成位置的黑點49a的 光罩薄片49載置於層間樹脂絕緣層5〇,而曝光(第34圖 (B ) ) 〇 jb ) ·以DMTG液噴霧顯像,進行加熱處理而設置具備直 f85的介層窗用開口48的層間樹脂絕緣層50 (第34圖(c (7 ) ·以過猛酸或鉻酸粗化層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇的表面, 形成粗化面50 α (第34圖(D ))。以後的步驟與上述實 施例3相同,因此省略說明。 [實施例3的第1改變例] 繼續’說明收納上述實施例1的半導體元件(IC晶片 20 )的實施例3之第1改變例的多層印刷配線板的構成。 參照第3 2圖所示之多層印刷配線板1 〇,是於核心基板 ‘内埋設IC晶片。相對於此,第1改變例,如第41圖所示, 在1C晶片20的裡面安裝散熱器3〇d。該多層印刷配線板 10,該散熱器30D,收容ic晶片20的核心基板31,1C晶片 2 0上的層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇,與層間樹脂絕緣層丨5 〇所組= Layer window is formed by laser, but the first other example is a method of forming an interlayer by photoetching. The manufacturing of the multilayer printed wiring board of the i-th example will be described with reference to FIG. 34 (4). Same as in Example 3. On the substrate that has undergone the above steps (1) to (3), a thermosetting epoxy resin 50 with a thickness of 50 // m is applied (No. 34 ^ (A)). ° j 5): Next, a photomask sheet 49 with black dots 49a corresponding to the positions where the interlayer windows are formed is placed on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 and exposed (Fig. 34 (B)) 〇jb) The DMTG liquid was spray-developed, and an interlayer resin insulating layer 50 having a straight f85 through-window opening 48 was provided by heat treatment (Fig. 34 (c (7)). The interlayer resin insulating layer was roughened with peracid or chromic acid. The surface of 50 is formed with a roughened surface 50 α (Fig. 34 (D)). The subsequent steps are the same as those in the third embodiment described above, and therefore the description is omitted. [First Modified Example of the Third Embodiment] Continue to the description of the above-mentioned implementation. The structure of the multilayer printed wiring board of the first modification of the third embodiment of the semiconductor element (IC wafer 20) of Example 1. Referring to the multilayer printed wiring board 10 shown in FIG. 32, the IC is embedded in the core substrate '. In contrast, in the first modification, as shown in FIG. 41, a heat sink 30d is mounted on the inside of the 1C wafer 20. The multilayer printed wiring board 10, the heat sink 30D, and the core substrate housing the IC chip 20. 31, 1C wafer 20 interlayer resin insulation layer 50, and interlayer resin insulation layer 丨 5 〇
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第58頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 58 546999
成。在層間樹脂絕緣層50上形成有介層窗60以及導體電路 58,而層間樹脂絕緣層150上則形成有介層窗16〇以及 電路158。 # @ 在層間樹脂絕緣層1 50之上,配設有銲錫光阻層7〇。 在銲錫光阻層70之開口部71下的導體電路158則設^有用 以與未圖式之子板,母板等的外部基板接續之銲錫凸 76 〇to make. An interlayer window 60 and a conductor circuit 58 are formed on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50, and an interlayer window 160 and a circuit 158 are formed on the interlayer resin insulating layer 150. # @ Above the interlayer resin insulation layer 150, a solder photoresist layer 70 is provided. The conductor circuit 158 under the opening 71 of the solder resist layer 70 is provided with a solder bump 76 for connection to an external substrate such as a daughter board or a mother board (not shown).
散熱器30D,是由氮化鋁、氧化鋁、模來石等的陶 究,或銘合金、銅、鄰青銅等的金屬所組成。在此,使用 熱傳導率高的鋁合金或兩面施予粗化處理之銅箔為適當 的。在本實施例,在埋設於核心基板3丨的丨c晶片2〇的裡面 安裝散熱器3 0D,藉以發散ic晶片20發生的熱,而防止核 心基板3 1以形成於核心基板上的層間樹脂絕緣層5〇,丨5〇 的彎曲’在該層間樹脂絕緣層上的介層窗6 〇,丨6 〇,導體 電路5 8 ’ 1 5 8沒有發生斷線。藉此而提高配線的信賴性。The heat sink 30D is composed of ceramics such as aluminum nitride, aluminum oxide, and mullite, or metals such as alloys, copper, and adjacent bronze. Here, it is appropriate to use an aluminum alloy having a high thermal conductivity or a copper foil subjected to roughening on both sides. In this embodiment, a heat sink 3 0D is installed inside the c-wafer 20 embedded in the core substrate 3 to dissipate the heat generated by the ic wafer 20 and prevent the core substrate 31 from forming an interlayer resin formed on the core substrate. The bending of the insulating layer 50, 5 ′, the interlayer window 6 0, 6 ′ on the interlayer resin insulating layer, and the conductor circuit 5 8 ′ 1 58 did not break. This improves the reliability of the wiring.
再者’ I C晶片2 0,散熱器3 0 D是以導電性接著劑2 9安 裝。導電性接著劑2 9,是於樹脂中含有銅、銀、金、鋁等 的金屬粉’因為具有高熱傳導性,可有效率地使丨c晶片2 〇 發生的熱從散熱器30D散出。在此,1C晶片20的安裝是使 用導電性接著劑,但只要是熱傳導性高的接著劑,各種物 質皆可使用。 本實施例的多層印刷配線板丨〇,是使核心基板31内藏 IC晶片2 0 ’並於該I c晶片2 〇的墊2 2配設過渡層3 8。所以, 不使用引腳零件和封裝樹脂,而能取得丨c晶片與多層印刷Furthermore, the IC chip 20 and the heat sink 30 D are mounted with a conductive adhesive 29. The conductive adhesive 29 is a metal powder containing copper, silver, gold, aluminum, etc. in the resin. Because of its high thermal conductivity, it can efficiently dissipate the heat generated in the c-chip 2 0 from the heat sink 30D. Here, the 1C wafer 20 is mounted using a conductive adhesive, but as long as it is a thermally conductive adhesive, various materials can be used. In the multilayer printed wiring board of this embodiment, the core substrate 31 has an IC chip 20 'built therein, and a transition layer 38 is provided on the pad 22 of the IC chip 20. Therefore, instead of using lead parts and packaging resin, it is possible to obtain c-chips and multilayer printing.
546999 五、發明說明(57) ' 配線板(構裝基板)的電性接續。又,因為在j c晶片部分 形成過渡層38,I C晶片部分被平坦化,上層的層間樹脂絕 緣層50亦平坦化,而膜厚度變的均勻。並且,藉由過渡 層,亦可保持形成上層的介層窗時形狀的穩定性。546999 V. Description of the invention (57) '' Electrical connection of wiring board (construction substrate). Further, because the transition layer 38 is formed in the j c wafer portion, the IC wafer portion is planarized, and the upper interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is also planarized, and the film thickness becomes uniform. In addition, the transition layer can also maintain the shape stability when forming an upper via window.
並且,晶粒墊22上設置鋼製的過渡層38,可防止墊22 上的樹脂殘留,又,在後續步驟時浸潰於酸和氧化劑或蝕 刻液中,即使經過各種回火步驟,墊22的變色,溶解亦不 會發生。藉此,可提高IC晶片與介層窗的接續性和信賴 ί*生並且在直徑的塾22上經由60//Π1直徑以上的過 渡層37,可確實地接續60 直徑的介層窗。 繼續,參照第36圖〜第40圖說明參照第41圖而上述之 實施例3之第1改變例的多層印刷配線板的製造方法。 (1)在由氮化鋁、氧化鋁、模來石等的陶瓷或鋁合金、鄰 青銅等組成的版狀的散熱器3〇D (第36圖(A))上塗 電性接著劑29 (第36圖(B ))。導電性接著劑是使用含In addition, a steel transition layer 38 is provided on the die pad 22, which can prevent resin residue on the pad 22, and is immersed in an acid and an oxidizing agent or an etching solution in subsequent steps. Even after various tempering steps, the pad 22 Discoloration and dissolution will not occur. With this, it is possible to improve the continuity and reliability of the IC chip and the interlayer window. Through the transition layer 37 having a diameter of 60 // Π1 or more on the diameter 22, the interlayer window of 60 diameter can be reliably connected. Continuing, a method for manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modification of the third embodiment described above with reference to FIG. 41 will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 to 40. (1) A plate-shaped heat sink 30D (Fig. 36 (A)) composed of ceramics such as aluminum nitride, aluminum oxide, mullite, or aluminum, or bronze, is coated with an electrical adhesive 29 ( Figure 36 (B)). Conductive adhesive is used
有平均粒徑2〜5 /zm的銅粒子的膏材,而形成厚度1〇〜2() m 〇 M ⑴載置參照第3圖(B)而上述之實 (第36圖(C ) )。 J “曰片20There is a paste with copper particles with an average particle diameter of 2 to 5 / zm to form a thickness of 10 to 2 (m). The thickness is as described above with reference to Figure 3 (B) (Figure 36 (C)) . J "Yue 20
(5)接著,將安裝1C晶片20的散熱器3〇載置於不鏽鋼 壓板1〇〇A。於是,將玻璃布等的心材含浸於BT樹 脂、環氧等的樹脂之未硬化的預浸料链積層而成之〇 5顔的預浸料堪積層體31 α載置於散熱器3〇d (第37圖· ))。在預浸料述積層體31 α上預先設置IC晶片2〇的位置(5) Next, the heat sink 30 on which the 1C chip 20 is mounted is placed on a stainless steel plate 100A. Then, a 5-color prepreg laminated body 31 α formed by laminating a core material such as glass cloth and impregnating uncured prepreg chains of resins such as BT resin and epoxy is placed on a radiator 30 d. (Figure 37 ·)). The position of the IC chip 20 is set in advance on the prepreg laminated body 31 α.
546999546999
設置通孔32。此處,使用心材含浸於樹脂的預浸料坯,但 亦可使用不具有心材的樹脂基板。又,可使用各種熱硬化 性樹脂,或熱硬化性樹脂與熱可塑性樹脂含浸於心材的薄 片取代預浸料坯。 (4)以不鏽鋼(SUS)壓板100A、l〇〇B從上下方向加壓上 述積層體。此時,從預浸料坯3丨α擠出樹脂31々,而填充 通孔32與1C晶片20之間的空間,同時覆蓋IC晶片2〇的上 面。藉此’1C晶片20與預浸料坯積層體3ΐα的上面完全平 坦(第3 7圖(Β ))。所以,後續步驟形成疊合層時,可A through hole 32 is provided. Here, a resin-impregnated prepreg is used, but a resin substrate without a core material may be used. Instead of the prepreg, various thermosetting resins, or a sheet in which a thermosetting resin and a thermoplastic resin are impregnated, can be used. (4) The laminated body is pressed with a stainless steel (SUS) platen 100A, 100B from above and below. At this time, the resin 31々 is extruded from the prepreg 3? Α to fill the space between the through-hole 32 and the 1C wafer 20 while covering the upper surface of the IC wafer 20. Thereby, the top surface of the '1C wafer 20 and the prepreg laminated body 3ΐα is completely flat (Fig. 37 (B)). Therefore, when the superposition layer is formed in the subsequent steps,
適當地形成介層窗以及配線,而能提高多層印刷配線板的 配線的信賴性。 (5 )之後,加熱而使預浸料坯的環氧樹脂硬化,而形成收 容1C晶片20的核心基板31 (第37圖(C))。 (6)在經過上述步驟的基板上,以溫度5〇〜15〇 〇c昇溫並於 壓力5kg/cm2真空壓著層壓厚度5〇 //m的熱硬化型環氧系樹 脂,而設置環氧系樹脂組成的層間樹脂絕緣層5〇 (第38圖 (A))。真空壓著實的真空度為10mmHg。By properly forming vias and wirings, the reliability of the wiring of the multilayer printed wiring board can be improved. (5) Then, the epoxy resin of the prepreg is hardened by heating to form the core substrate 31 containing the 1C wafer 20 (Fig. 37 (C)). (6) A thermosetting epoxy-based resin having a thickness of 50 // m is laminated on the substrate which has been heated at a temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. under a pressure of 5 kg / cm 2 and a ring is provided on the substrate after the above steps. An interlayer resin insulating layer 50 composed of an oxygen-based resin (Fig. 38 (A)). The degree of vacuum for vacuum compaction was 10 mmHg.
(7)接著’以波長1〇·4//πι之C〇2氣體雷射,並以電波 (beam)直徑5mm、最熱模式(top hot mode)、脈衝波 (pulse) 5· 0 "秒、光罩的孔徑〇· 5mm、1射程的條件,在 ‘層間樹脂絕緣層5 0上設置直徑6 0 β m之介層窗用開口 & 8 (參照第3 8圖(B ))。使用鉻酸和過锰酸除去開口 ^内 的樹脂殘留。在晶粒墊22上設置銅製的過渡層38,藉 此,可提高晶粒墊22與後述之介層窗60的連接性和作3 个1s賴(7) Next, use a CO2 gas laser with a wavelength of 10.4 // π and a beam diameter of 5mm, a top hot mode, and a pulse of 5.0. With the aperture and the aperture of 0.5 mm and a range of 1 second, an interlayer window opening 60 & 8 is provided on the 'interlayer resin insulation layer 50' (see FIG. 38 (B)). Use chromic acid and permanganic acid to remove resin residues in the openings. A copper transition layer 38 is provided on the die pad 22, whereby the connection between the die pad 22 and an interlayer window 60 described later can be improved, and three 1 s
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第61頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 61 546999
性:巧二直f之晶粒塾22上經由60㈣上的 過渡層38,旎確貫地連接60 直徑的介層窗用開48。再 者,此處,是使用鉻酸而除去樹脂殘留,但亦可 漿和電暈處理而進行去殘渣(desmear)處理。 (8) 接著,以過錳酸粗化層間樹脂絕緣層5〇的表面,而形 成粗化面50α (第38圖(c))。 (9) 接著,在形成粗化面50 α的層間樹脂絕緣層5〇上設置 無電解電鍍膜52 (第39圖(Α))。無電解電鍍可使用 銅、鎳。其厚度以0.3/zm的範圍為佳。未滿〇 3 //in,在層間樹脂絕緣層上無法形成金屬膜。超過丨2#m 則會殘留蝕刻的金屬膜,容易引起導體間的短路。以與實 施例1同樣的電鍍液以及電鍍條件形成電鍍膜。 除了上述以外,亦可使用與電漿處理同樣的裝置,以 Ni-Cu合金為乾材而以氣壓〇.6pa,溫度,電力2〇〇界, 間5小時的條件進行濺鍍,而於層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇的表面 形成Ni-Cu合金52。此時,形成之…—Cu合金層52的厚度為 0· 2 // m 〇 (10) 在完成上述處理之基板3〇上,貼合市售的感光性乾 膜,並載置光罩薄片,以1〇mj/cm2曝光後,以〇· 8 %碳酸 納顯像處理’而設置厚度的電鍍光阻54。接著,施 予電解電鍍’而形成厚度15/ΖΠ1的電解電阻膜56 (參昭第 39 圖(B ) ) 〇 … (11)广以5 yNaOH剝離除去電鍍光阻54後,使用硝酸及硫酸 與過氧化氫的混合液蝕刻該電鍍光阻下的金屬層5 2而溶解Property: The grains 塾 22 and 巧 22 pass through the transition layer 38 on 60㈣, and they are connected to the 60-diameter interlayer window with a certain opening 48. Here, the resin residue is removed using chromic acid, but desmear treatment may also be performed by pulp and corona treatment. (8) Next, the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is roughened with permanganic acid to form a roughened surface 50α (Fig. 38 (c)). (9) Next, an electroless plated film 52 is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 forming the roughened surface 50α (Fig. 39 (A)). For electroless plating, copper and nickel can be used. The thickness is preferably in the range of 0.3 / zm. Less than 0/3 // in, a metal film cannot be formed on the interlayer resin insulating layer. If it exceeds 2 # m, the etched metal film will remain, which may easily cause a short circuit between conductors. A plating film was formed under the same plating solution and plating conditions as in Example 1. In addition to the above, it is also possible to use the same device as the plasma treatment, and use Ni-Cu alloy as the dry material, and perform sputtering under the conditions of air pressure 0.6pa, temperature, and power 200mm for 5 hours, and interlayer A Ni-Cu alloy 52 is formed on the surface of the resin insulating layer 50. At this time, the thickness of the formed Cu alloy layer 52 is 0 · 2 // m 〇 (10) On the substrate 30 where the above-mentioned processing is completed, a commercially available photosensitive dry film is bonded, and a photomask sheet is placed thereon. After the exposure at 10 mj / cm2, the plating resist 54 was set to a thickness of 0.8% sodium carbonate development treatment. Next, electrolytic plating was applied to form an electrolytic resistive film 56 having a thickness of 15 / ZΠ1 (see Fig. 39 (B)). (11) After removing the photoresist 54 with 5 yNaOH, the nitric acid and sulfuric acid were used together with The mixed solution of hydrogen peroxide etches the metal layer 5 2 under the plating photoresist and dissolves it.
546999 五、發明說明(60) 除去,形成金屬層52與電解電鍍膜5 6組成之厚度16 //m的 導體電路5 8及介層窗60,以含有第二銅錯體與有機酸的蝕 刻液,形成粗化面5 8 α、6 0 α (參照第3 9圖(C ))。在 實施例3的第1改變例,參照第37圖(c )而如上述,核心 基板3 1的上面完全平滑地形成,所以能以介層窗6 〇取得過 渡層38適當地接續。因此,能提高多層印刷配線板的信賴 性0 (12) 接著,藉由反覆上述(6)〜(丨丨)的步驟,再形成上層 的層間樹脂絕緣層150以及導體電路158 (包含介層窗16曰〇 )(第40 圖(A ))。 (13) 接著,在基板30上,以2〇,厚度塗佈上述銲錫光阻 組成物,並以7(TC2〇分鐘、7(rc30分鐘的條件進行乾 ,f,使描繪有銲錫光阻開口部之圖案的厚度5mm的光 密著於銲錫光阻層70而以1 0 0 0mJ/cm2的紫外線曝光,以 DMTG溶液顯像處理,而形成州_直徑 40圖(B ))。 、,狀第 04)接著,在形成銲錫光阻層(有機樹脂絕 基:的開口部71上形成厚度5㈣的錄電錢層7 之 鑛層72上形成厚度。.03 _的金電鍍層74,而於導體鎳路電 158上形成銲錫墊75 (參照第4〇圖(c))。 • (15)之後,在銲錫光阻層7〇的開口 (rte)/在觸°c藉*軟溶(μΜ)形成銲錫凸\錫76膏材芒 4 ’將政熱斋30D ’以分成方塊分割成單片而 配線板1 0 (參照第4 1圖)。 于夕層印刷546999 V. Description of the invention (60) The conductor circuit 5 8 and the interlayer window 60 composed of the metal layer 52 and the electrolytic plating film 5 6 with a thickness of 16 6 are formed, and the second copper complex and the organic acid are etched. Liquid to form a roughened surface 5 8 α, 60 0 α (see FIG. 39 (C)). In the first modification of the third embodiment, referring to FIG. 37 (c), as described above, the upper surface of the core substrate 31 is completely formed smoothly, so that the transition layer 38 can be appropriately connected through the interlayer window 60. Therefore, the reliability of the multilayer printed wiring board can be improved. 0 (12) Next, by repeating the steps (6) to (丨 丨) above, an upper interlayer resin insulation layer 150 and a conductor circuit 158 (including a via window) are formed. 16 〇) (Figure 40 (A)). (13) Next, the above-mentioned solder resist composition is coated on the substrate 30 at a thickness of 20, and dried under the conditions of 7 (TC20 minutes, 7 (rc30 minutes), f, so that a solder resist opening is drawn. The thickness of the pattern of the part is 5 mm, which is in close contact with the solder photoresist layer 70 and exposed to ultraviolet light at 100 mJ / cm2, and processed with a DMTG solution to form a state_diameter 40 figure (B)). Step 04) Next, a thickness of 5 ㈣ on the ore layer 72 of the recording money layer 7 is formed on the opening 71 of the solder photoresist layer (organic resin insulation base: .03 _ gold plating layer 74, and A solder pad 75 is formed on the conductive nickel circuit 158 (refer to FIG. 4 (c)). • After (15), the opening (rte) of the solder resist layer 70 / borrowed * soft solution (μΜ) ) Formation of solder bumps \ tin 76 paste material Mang 4 'Zheng Zhengzhai 30D' divided into single pieces and the wiring board 10 (refer to Figure 41). Yu Xi layer printing
546999 五、發明說明(61) [實施例3之第1改變例的第1別例] 接著,參照第43圖說明實施例3之第1改變例的第1別 例的多層印刷配線板。 上述之第1改變例,是說明配設BGA的場合。第1別例 是與第1改變例大致相同,但是是如第4 3圖所示經由導電 性接續拴96而取得接續之PGA方式而構成的。又,上述之 第1改變例,介層窗是以雷射形成,但第1別例是以光餘刻 形成介層窗。 參照第4 2圖說明該第1別例之多層印刷配線板的製造 方法。 (4 ) ·與實施例1同樣地,在經過(丨)〜^)上述步驟之基 板上,塗佈厚度50//m的熱硬化型環氧系樹脂5〇 (第42圖 (A ) ) 〇 ) ·接著,將描繪有對應介層窗形成位置的黑點49a的 光罩薄片49載置於層間樹脂絕緣層5〇,而曝光(第^圖 (B ) ) 〇 二)的入以二TG液喷霧顯像’進行加熱處理而設置具備直 ^的,丨層窗用開口48的層間樹脂絕緣層5。(第42圖(c546999 V. Description of the invention (61) [First alternative of the first modification of the third embodiment] Next, a multilayer printed wiring board according to the first modification of the first modification of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 43. The first modification example described above is for the case where a BGA is provided. The first other example is substantially the same as the first modified example, but is configured by a PGA method in which a connection is obtained via a conductive connection bolt 96 as shown in Figs. In the first modified example described above, the interlayer window is formed by a laser. However, in the first alternative example, the interlayer window is formed by a light beam. A manufacturing method of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the first alternative example will be described with reference to Figs. (4) As in Example 1, on the substrate subjected to the above steps (丨) ~ ^), a thermosetting epoxy resin 50 with a thickness of 50 // m was applied (Fig. 42 (A)) 〇) · Next, a photomask sheet 49 with black dots 49a corresponding to the positions where the interstitial windows are formed is placed on the interlayer resin insulation layer 50, and exposed (Fig. ^ (B)) 〇)) The TG liquid spray development image is heat-treated to provide an interlayer resin insulating layer 5 having a straight window opening 48 for layer windows. (Figure 42 (c
Γ成)粗化以二輯或鉻酸粗化層間樹脂絕緣層50的表面, (D)} ° 她例1相冋,因此省略說明。 [實施例3之第1改變例的第2別例] 著說月實轭例3之第1改變例的第2別例的多層印刷Γ 成) The surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is roughened by the second series or chromic acid. (D)} ° The example 1 is different, so the description is omitted. [Second Alternative Example of the First Modified Example of Embodiment 3] Multilayer Printing of the Second Modified Example of the First Modified Example of Tsukisushi Yoke Example 3
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第64頁 546999 五、發明說明(62) '~ 配線板的製造方法。 在上述之第1改變例、第1別例,是以預浸料达形成核 心基板。相對於此,在第2別例,是將預浸料坯暫時硬化 而成之樹脂基板以預浸料坯而固定於散熱器3〇D。 參照第44圖說明該第2別例之多層印刷配線板的製造 方法。 (9) 經由導電性接著劑29而安裝IC晶片2〇於兩面粗化之銅 箔組成之散熱器30D,並載置於不鏽鋼(SUS )壓板1〇〇A。 於是,將玻璃布等的心材含浸於BT樹脂、環氧等的樹脂之 未硬化的預浸料坯(〇· 2mm) 31α載置於散熱器3〇D。並曰 且’在預浸料链31 α上,載置積層上述預浸料坯而硬化之 樹脂基板(0· 4mm ) 31 r (第44圖(Α ))。在預浸料链31 α ’樹脂基板31 τ上,預先於IC晶片2 0的位置設置通孔 32。 " (10) 以不鏽鋼(SUS )壓板100A、10OB從上下方向加壓上 述積層體。此時,從預浸料坯31 α擠出樹脂31点,而填充 通孔32與1C晶片20之間的空間,同時覆蓋Ic晶片2〇的上 面。藉此,1C晶片20與預浸料坯積層體31α的上面完全平 坦(第44圖(Β))。所以,後續步驟形成疊合層時可 適當地形成介層窗以及配線’而能提高多層印刷配線板的 *配線的信賴性。 ' (11) 之後’加熱而使預浸料述的環氧樹脂硬化,而形成 收容1C晶片20的核心基板31 (第44圖(C ))。以後的步 驟與實施例2相同,因此省略說明。 546999 五、發明說明(63) [實施例3的第2改變例] 參照顯示多層印刷配線板剖面的第5 0圖而說明第2改 變例的多層印刷配線板的構成。 在上述的第1、第1改變例,是收容1個1C晶片。相對 於此,第50圖所示之第2改變例的多層印刷配線板1 0,是 在核心基板30收容1C晶片(CPU ) 2 0A以及1C晶片(快速緩 衝儲存記憶體;cache memory ) 20B。於時,與實施例3同 樣地,核心基板30上形成有層間樹脂絕緣層50、層間樹脂 絕緣層150,在層間樹脂絕緣層50上形成有介層窗60以及 導體電路58,而層間樹脂絕緣層150上則形成有介層窗160 以及導體電路158。 在1C晶片20A、20B上,彼覆著純態(passivation)膜24, 該鈍態膜24的開口内配設構成輸出端子的晶粒墊22。在紹 製的晶粒墊22之上,形成過渡層38。該過渡層38,是由第 1薄膜層33、第2薄膜層36、賦予厚度膜37的3層構造所組 成。 在層間樹脂絕緣層1 5 0之上,配設有銲錫光阻層7 〇。 在銲錫光阻層70之開口部71下的導體電路丨58則設置有用2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 64 546999 V. Description of the invention (62) '~ Manufacturing method of wiring board. In the first modified example and the first other example described above, a core substrate is formed by using a prepreg. On the other hand, in a second example, a resin substrate obtained by temporarily curing a prepreg is fixed to the heat sink 30D with the prepreg. A method for manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board according to the second alternative example will be described with reference to Fig. 44. (9) A heat sink 30D composed of a copper foil roughened on both sides of the IC chip 20 through the conductive adhesive 29 is mounted and placed on a stainless steel (SUS) plate 100A. Then, a non-hardened prepreg (0.2 mm) 31α of a core material such as glass cloth impregnated with a resin such as BT resin or epoxy is placed on the heat sink 30D. In addition, a resin substrate (0.4 mm) 31 r (see FIG. 44 (A)) was placed on the prepreg chain 31 α to harden the prepregs. In the prepreg chain 31 α 'resin substrate 31 τ, a through hole 32 is provided in advance at a position of the IC wafer 20. " (10) Stainless steel (SUS) pressure plates 100A and 10OB are used to press the above-mentioned laminated body from above and below. At this time, 31 points of the resin are extruded from the prepreg 31 α to fill the space between the through-hole 32 and the 1C wafer 20 while covering the upper surface of the IC wafer 20. Thereby, the upper surfaces of the 1C wafer 20 and the prepreg laminated body 31α are completely flat (Fig. 44 (B)). Therefore, interlayer windows and wirings can be appropriately formed when forming the laminated layer in the subsequent steps, and the reliability of the * wiring of the multilayer printed wiring board can be improved. (11) After that, the epoxy resin described in the prepreg is hardened by heating to form a core substrate 31 containing a 1C wafer 20 (Fig. 44 (C)). The subsequent steps are the same as those in the second embodiment, and therefore the description is omitted. 546999 V. Description of the Invention (63) [Second Modification of Embodiment 3] The structure of the multilayer printed wiring board according to the second modification will be described with reference to Fig. 50 showing a cross section of the multilayer printed wiring board. In the first and first modification examples described above, one 1C chip is housed. In contrast, the multilayer printed wiring board 10 of the second modified example shown in FIG. 50 contains a 1C chip (CPU) 20A and a 1C chip (a cache memory) 20B in a core substrate 30. At this time, as in Example 3, an interlayer resin insulation layer 50 and an interlayer resin insulation layer 150 are formed on the core substrate 30. An interlayer window 60 and a conductor circuit 58 are formed on the interlayer resin insulation layer 50, and the interlayer resin insulation On the layer 150, a via window 160 and a conductor circuit 158 are formed. On the 1C wafers 20A and 20B, a passivation film 24 is covered, and a die pad 22 constituting an output terminal is arranged in the opening of the passivation film 24. Over the fabricated die pad 22, a transition layer 38 is formed. The transition layer 38 has a three-layer structure including a first thin film layer 33, a second thin film layer 36, and a thickness-providing film 37. A solder photoresist layer 70 is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 150. The conductor circuit 58 under the opening 71 of the solder resist layer 70 is provided.
以與未圖式之子板,母板等的外部基板接續之銲錫凸塊 76 〇 實施例3之第2改變例的多層印刷配線板丨〇,是預先在 核心基板30内藏1C晶片20A、20β,並於該IC晶片2〇的塾22 配設過渡層3 8。所以,不使用引腳零件和封裝樹脂,而能 取得IC晶片與多層印刷配線板(構裝基板)的電性接續。Solder bumps 76, which are connected to external substrates such as a daughter board and a mother board, which are not shown in the drawing. The multilayer printed wiring board of the second modification of the third embodiment is a 1C chip 20A, 20β embedded in the core substrate 30 in advance. A transition layer 38 is provided on 塾 22 of the IC chip 20. Therefore, the electrical connection between the IC chip and the multilayer printed wiring board (construction substrate) can be obtained without using lead parts and packaging resin.
2160-3798-pf.ptd 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd 546999
又’因為在ic晶片部分形成過渡層38,1(:晶片部分被 化,上層的層間樹脂絕緣層50亦平坦化,@膜厚度變的^ 勻。並且,藉由過渡層,亦可保拉彡士、 狀的穩定性。 了 了保㈣成上層的介層窗時形 並且,晶粒墊22上設置銅製的過渡層38,可防止墊22 上的樹脂殘留,又,在後續步驟時浸潰於酸和氧化劑戋蝕 刻液中,即使經過各種回火步驟,墊22的變色,溶解亦不 會發生。藉此,可提高1(:晶片與介層窗的接續性和信賴 性。並且,在40 /zm左右之直徑的墊22上經由6〇 直徑以 上的過渡層37,可確實地接續6〇 直徑的介層窗。 實施例3的第2改變例,是將2個(^1|用IC晶片2〇A與快 ,緩衝儲存記憶體用IC晶片2〇B分別埋入印刷配線板。IC 曰曰片’個別製造之方法便宜,因為各個j c晶片是在附近的 位置’不易引起傳達延遲和錯誤動作。又,即使印刷配線 板有没計變更的場合,I c晶片本身的設計亦不需變更,形 成的自由度高。 在實施例3之第2改變例的印刷配線板的凹部3 2,填充 有接著劑層34。可接合該凹部32的1C晶片20A、20B,即使 經過熱循環時和形成介層窗時的熱履歷亦能抑制丨c晶片 A、2 〇β的舉動,並保持平滑性。所以,不會引起與介層 _的接續部分的剝離和斷線,或層間絕緣層5 0、1 5 0的裂 痕。且成提而信賴性。 〜 繼續’參照第45圖〜第49圖說明參照第50圖而上述之 貫k例3之第2改變例的多層印刷配線板。在此,上述第Because the transition layer 38,1 (is formed in the IC chip portion, the upper interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is also flattened, and the @film thickness becomes uniform. Also, the transition layer can also be used to secure the pull. In addition, the stability of the shape of the interlayer window is guaranteed, and a copper transition layer 38 is provided on the die pad 22, which can prevent the resin on the pad 22 from remaining. Collapsed in acid and oxidant 戋 etching solution, discoloration and dissolution of pad 22 will not occur even after various tempering steps. This can improve the connection and reliability of wafers and interlayer windows. A 60-diameter interlayer window can be surely connected to the pad 22 having a diameter of about 40 / zm via a transition layer 37 having a diameter of 60 or more. The second modification of the third embodiment is to change two (^ 1 | Use IC chip 20A and fast, buffer storage memory. IC chip 20B is embedded in the printed wiring board. The IC chip is "individual manufacturing method is cheap, because each jc chip is nearby." It is not easy to cause transmission. Delays and malfunctions. Also, even if the printed wiring board is not changed In this case, the design of the IC chip itself does not need to be changed, and the degree of freedom of formation is high. The recessed portion 32 of the printed wiring board according to the second modification of the third embodiment is filled with an adhesive layer 34. The recessed portion 32 can be joined 1C wafers 20A and 20B can suppress the behavior of 丨 c wafers A and 2 0β and maintain smoothness even after the thermal history during thermal cycling and formation of the interlayer window. Therefore, it will not cause a connection with the interlayer_ Partial peeling and disconnection, or cracks in the interlayer insulation layers 50 and 150. And it improves reliability. Continue to 'Refer to Figure 45 to Figure 49 and explain the above-mentioned example 3 with reference to Figure 50. A multilayer printed wiring board according to a second modified example. Here, the first
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第67頁 546999 五、發明說明(65) 1 ’第1改變例’是於I c晶片上形成過渡層後收容於核心基 板。相對於此,在第2改變例,是在核心基板收容I (;晶片 後形成過渡層38。 (1) 首先,以玻璃布等的心材含浸於環氧等的樹脂之預浸 料述積層之絕緣樹脂基板(核心基板)30為出發材料(第 45圖(A))。接著,在核心基板30的一面,以凹部 (zagul i)加工形成ic晶片收容用的凹部32 (第45圖(B) )。在此,雖以凹部加工設置凹部,將設有開口之絕緣樹2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 67 546999 V. Description of the Invention (65) 1 'First modified example' is formed on the IC substrate and then stored in the core substrate. On the other hand, in the second modified example, I (;; the transition layer 38 is formed after the wafer is housed in the core substrate.) (1) First, the core material such as glass cloth is impregnated with a resin such as epoxy resin and the prepreg is described as a laminate. An insulating resin substrate (core substrate) 30 is a starting material (FIG. 45 (A)). Next, one side of the core substrate 30 is processed with a recess (zagul i) to form a recessed portion 32 for ic wafer storage (FIG. 45 (B )). Here, although the recessed portion is processed by the recessed portion, an insulating tree provided with an opening will be provided.
月曰基板與未設有開口的樹脂絕緣基板貼合,可形成具備收 容部的核心基板。 (2) 之後,在凹部32以印刷機塗佈接著材料34。此時,塗 佈之外亦可使用灌注。接著將1(:晶片2〇A、2〇b載置於接著 材料34上(第45圖(C ))。 (3) 於是,擠壓、或敲IC晶片2〇A、2〇B的上面而完全收容 於凹部32内(第45圖(D))。藉此,能使核心基板3〇 滑。The substrate is bonded to a resin-insulated substrate without an opening, and a core substrate having a receiving portion can be formed. (2) After that, the adhesive material 34 is applied to the recessed portion 32 by a printer. In this case, infusion can be used in addition to the cloth. Next, 1 (: wafers 20A and 20b are placed on the bonding material 34 (FIG. 45 (C)). (3) Then, the tops of the IC wafers 20A and 20B are pressed or knocked. And it is completely contained in the recessed part 32 (FIG. 45 (D)). Thereby, the core substrate 30 can be made to slide.
(j)之後,對收容1(:晶片2〇A、2〇b的核心基板3〇進行蒸 著、賤鑛等’全面性形成導電性的第1薄膜層33 (第45圖 (E) 該金屬較佳為鎳、亞鉛、鉻、鈷、鈦、金、 錫、銅專特別疋使用錄、鉻、鈦,在形成膜上與電特性 上為適合的。厚度以〇 〇〇卜2 〇 之間形成為佳。鉻的 合較佳為〇·1 Am的厚度。 藉由第1薄膜層披覆晶粒墊22,可提高過渡層與a晶 片上與晶粒墊22之界面的密著性。又,藉由以該等金屬曰曰披 546999 五、發明說明(66) 覆於晶粒墊22,能阶L , 解,腐姓,而能提:ΐί分入侵界面,並防止晶粒塾的溶 可以不使用引腳的;=。又,藉由該第1薄膜層⑽, 使用鉻…因為2=取得與IC晶片的接續。在此, (5)在第1薄膜/33之防μ止水分入侵至界面而為較佳的。 形成第2薄=;二藉^ 、第46圖(Α))。該金屬為鎳、銅、 道電特性、經濟性還有在後續形成之疊合芦 之導電層主要為銅,因此較佳使用銅。 一層 :置,薄膜層的理由’是在第】薄膜層,無法取得形 成後迷之厚附加層之電解電鑛用的引腳。第2薄膜層36是 作為賦予厚度的引腳。該厚度以0 01〜5_的範圍進行為 佳。未滿0.01 ,無法得到作為引腳的效果,超過 時,在蝕刻的時候,將過多削除下層的第丨薄膜層而有空 隙,水分變的容易侵入’而降低信賴性。最適當的 0.卜3 /zm。 (6)之後,塗佈光阻層,而曝光、顯像,於IC晶片的晶粒 墊的上部没置開口而設置電鍍光阻3 5,施加電解電鑛而設 置電解電鍍膜(厚附加層)37 (第46圖(B))。賦予厚 度膜能以錄、銅、金、銀、亞錯、鐵等形成。 除去電鍍光阻35後’以餘刻除去電鑛光阻35下的第2 ‘薄膜層36、金屬膜33,而在1C晶片的晶粒墊22上形成過渡 層38 (第46圖(C))。此處,雖以電鍍光阻形成過渡 層,但亦可在無電解第2薄膜層36之上均一地形成電解電 鍍膜厚,形成蝕刻光阻,曝光顯像而露出過渡層以外的部(j) Thereafter, the core substrate 30, which contains the wafers 20A and 20b, is subjected to vapor deposition, low-grade ore, and the like to form a conductive first thin film layer 33 (Fig. 45 (E). The metal is preferably nickel, lead, chromium, cobalt, titanium, gold, tin, or copper. The metal, chromium, and titanium are particularly suitable for film formation and electrical characteristics. The thickness is 0.002. 2 It is better to form between them. The combination of chromium is preferably a thickness of 0.1 Am. By covering the die pad 22 with the first thin film layer, the adhesion between the transition layer and the interface on the a wafer and the die pad 22 can be improved. In addition, by covering these metals with 546999, the invention description (66) is covered with the grain pad 22, the energy level L, solution, rotten name, and can be improved by: invading the interface and preventing grains The solution of rhenium can be made without using a lead; =. Also, with the first thin film layer 铬, chromium is used ... because 2 = the connection with the IC chip is obtained. μ It is better to stop water from invading the interface. Form the second thinner =; Second borrowed ^, Figure 46 (A)). The metal is nickel, copper, electrical characteristics, economy and stacks formed in the subsequent Guide of alu The layer is mainly copper, so copper is preferred. One layer: the reason for the thin film layer is that in the first thin film layer, the lead for electrolytic power mining cannot be obtained after the thick additional layer is formed. The second thin film layer 36 It is a pin with a given thickness. The thickness is preferably in the range of 0 01 to 5_. If it is less than 0.01, the effect as a pin cannot be obtained. If it exceeds, the lower layer of the first layer will be removed during etching. There are voids in the layer, and moisture becomes easy to penetrate, which reduces reliability. The most appropriate value is 0.3 / zm. (6) After that, a photoresist layer is applied, and exposed and developed to the die pad of the IC chip. The upper part is provided with an electroplating photoresist 35 without openings, and an electrolytic plated film (thick additional layer) 37 is provided by applying electrolytic power ore (Fig. 46 (B)). The thickness of the film can be recorded, copper, gold, silver, Sub-errors, iron, etc. are formed. After the plating photoresist 35 is removed, the second thin film layer 36 and metal film 33 under the photoresist photoresist 35 are removed in a short time, and a transition layer 38 is formed on the die pad 22 of the 1C wafer. (Fig. 46 (C)). Although the transition layer is formed by electroplating photoresist, the non-electrolytic second film can also be formed here. The thickness of the electrolytic plating film is uniformly formed on the layer 36 to form an etching photoresist, and the image is exposed to expose parts other than the transition layer.
546999 五、發明說明(67) 分的金屬而進行#刻,而在1C晶片的晶粒墊上 層。電解電鍍膜的厚度為卜20//m為佳。比該厚产匕渡 餘刻時將引起底切,在形成之過渡層盥介~ # ’ 空隙。 ,丨層固界面會發生 (7) 接著,藉由以喷霧器(spray)吹附蝕刻液於義 蝕刻過渡層38的表面形成粗畫面38〇:(第46圖&) ’ 亦可使用無電解電鍍和氧化還原處理形成粗化面。° 38是由第1薄膜層33、第2薄膜層36、厚附加層”之^曰 造所組成。 (8) 在經過上述步驟之基板上將厚度5〇/zm的熱硬化型 脂薄片昇溫至50〜150 °C並於壓力5kg/cm2真空壓著層壓而 設置層間樹脂絕緣層50 (第47圖(A))。真空壓^時的 真空度為lOmmHg。 、、 (9) 接著,以波長ΐ〇·4 之C〇2氣體雷射,並以電波 (beam)直徑5mm、最熱模式(top hot m〇de)、脈衝波 (pul se) 5· 0 //秒、光罩的孔徑〇· 5mm、;[射程的條件,在 層間樹脂絕緣層5 0上設置直徑8 〇 m之介層窗用開口 4 8546999 Fifth, the invention describes (67) the metal and carries out #engraving, and the layer is on the die pad of the 1C wafer. The thickness of the electrolytic plated film is preferably 20 // m. A thicker dagger than this will cause an undercut in the rest of the time, resulting in a ~ # 'gap in the transition layer. The layer-solid interface will occur (7). Next, a rough screen 38 will be formed by spraying an etching solution on the surface of the etching etching transition layer 38 with a spray (see Fig. 46 &). Electroless plating and redox treatment form a roughened surface. ° 38 is composed of the first thin film layer 33, the second thin film layer 36, and the thick additional layer. (8) The temperature of the heat-curable fat sheet with a thickness of 50 / zm is raised on the substrate after the above steps. An interlayer resin insulation layer 50 (Fig. 47 (A)) is provided at a pressure of 5 kg / cm2 to 50 to 150 ° C under vacuum pressure lamination. The degree of vacuum during vacuum pressure is 10 mmHg. (9) Next, With a CO2 gas laser with a wavelength of ΐ0.4, and a beam diameter of 5mm, a top hot mode, a pulse wave of 5.00 seconds, Aperture: 0.5mm; [range conditions, openings for interlayer windows with a diameter of 800m are provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50
(參照第47圖(B))。使用鉻酸除去開口48内的樹脂殘 留。在晶粒墊22上設置銅製的過渡層38,藉此,可防止 晶粒墊24上的樹脂殘留,並能提高使晶粒墊24與後述之 介層窗60的連接性和信賴性。並且,在4〇 β ^直徑之晶粒 墊22上經由60 //m以上的過渡層38,能確實地連接6〇 直徑的介層窗用開48。再者,此處,是使用過錳酸而除去 樹脂殘留’但亦可使用氧電漿和電暈處理而進行去殘渣(Refer to Figure 47 (B)). Residual resin in the opening 48 was removed using chromic acid. By providing a transition layer 38 made of copper on the die pad 22, the resin on the die pad 24 can be prevented from remaining, and the connection and reliability of the die pad 24 and an interposer window 60 described later can be improved. In addition, a 60 μm diameter window 48 can be reliably connected to a 40 μm diameter die pad 22 through a transition layer 38 of 60 // m or more. Here, the resin residue is removed using permanganic acid ’, but the residue may be removed using an oxygen plasma and a corona treatment.
第70頁 546999 五、發明說明(68) (desmear)處理。再者,此處,以雷射形成開口48,但亦 可以曝光•顯像處理形成。 (1 0 )使用酸或氧化劑,在層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇上形成粗化 面5 Ο α (參照第4 7圖(c ))。粗面是以平均粗度卜5的範 圍形成為佳。 (11 )在形成粗化面之層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇上設置無電解電 鑛膜52 (第48圖(Α))。無電解電鍍可使用銅、鎳。該 厚度以0 · 3〜1 · 2的範圍為佳。未滿〇 · 3,在層間樹脂絕緣層 上無法形成金屬膜。超過1.2,蝕刻會殘存金屬膜,容易Page 70 546999 V. Description of Invention (68) (desmear) processing. Here, although the opening 48 is formed by a laser, it may be formed by exposure and development processing. (1 0) A roughened surface 5 0 α is formed on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 using an acid or an oxidizing agent (see FIG. 47 (c)). The rough surface is preferably formed in a range of an average thickness of 卜 5. (11) An electroless mineral film 52 is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 forming the roughened surface (Fig. 48 (A)). For electroless plating, copper and nickel can be used. The thickness is preferably in the range of 0 · 3 to 1 · 2. Below 0.3, a metal film cannot be formed on the interlayer resin insulating layer. If it exceeds 1.2, the metal film will remain after etching, which is easy.
引起導體間的短路。以與實施例1同樣的電鍍液和電鍍條 件形成電鍍膜。 (12) 在完成上述處理之基板30,貼合市售的感光性乾 膜’並載置光罩薄片,而以4〇mJ/cm2曝光後,以0.8%碳 酸鈉顯像處理’而設置厚度25#m的電鍍光阻54。接著, 施予電解電鍍,形成厚度18/zm的電解電阻膜56 (參照第 48 圖(B ))。Cause short circuit between conductors. A plating film was formed using the same plating solution and plating conditions as in Example 1. (12) After the above-mentioned substrate 30 is completed, a commercially-available photosensitive dry film is laminated, a photomask sheet is placed, and after exposure at 40 mJ / cm2, the thickness is set with 0.8% sodium carbonate imaging treatment. 25 # m 的 铜 光 54。 54. Next, electrolytic plating is applied to form an electrolytic resistance film 56 having a thickness of 18 / zm (see FIG. 48 (B)).
(13) 以5 %NaOH剝離除去電鍍光阻54後,使用硝酸及硫酸 與過氧化氫的混合液蝕刻該電鍍光阻下的金屬層5 2而溶解 除去,形成金屬層52與電解電鍍膜5 6組成之厚度16 //m的 導體電路58及介層窗60,以含有第二銅錯體與有機酸的蝕 .刻液,形成粗化面5 8 α、6 0 α (參照第4 8圖(C ))。亦 可使用無電解電鍍和氧化還原處理形成粗化面。 04)接著,藉由重複上述(9)〜(13)的步驟,再形成上層 的層間150及導體電路158 (包含介層窗16〇 )(參照第49(13) After stripping and removing the plating photoresist 54 with 5% NaOH, the metal layer 52 under the plating photoresist is etched by using a mixed solution of nitric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide to dissolve and remove the metal layer 52 and the electrolytic plating film 5 The conductor circuit 58 and the interlayer window 60 with a thickness of 6 // m and a thickness of 6 are formed by etching with a second copper complex and an organic acid. The etching solution forms a roughened surface 5 8 α, 6 0 α (refer to Section 4 8 (C)). The roughened surface can also be formed using electroless plating and redox treatment. 04) Then, by repeating the above steps (9) to (13), the interlayer 150 and the conductor circuit 158 (including the interlayer window 16) of the upper layer are formed again (refer to page 49).
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第71頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 71 546999
圖(A ) ) 〇 (15) 接著,在基板30上,以3〇⑽的厚度塗佈 同樣的銲錫光阻組成物,並以7(rc2〇分鐘、分浐 條件進行乾燥處理後,使描繪有銲錫^的 外線曝光,以DMTG溶液顯像處s,而形成、 的開口71 (參照第49圖(B ) ) 。 (16) 接著,將形成銲錫光阻層(有機樹脂絕緣層)”之 基板,浸潰於與實施例丨同樣的無電解電鍍液中,而在開 口部71形成厚度5 //m之鎳電鍍層72。再將該基板浸潰於與 實施例1同樣的無電解電鍍液中,而在鎳電鍍層72上形成 厚度0.03 之金電鍍層74,而於導體電路158上形成銲錫 墊7 5 (參照第4 9圖(C ))。 (1 7)之後’在銲錫光阻層7 〇的開口部7丨上印刷銲錫膏材 (paste) ’在200 °C藉由軟溶(refl〇w)形成銲錫凸塊76。之 後,以分成方塊等分割而得到單片的印刷配線板丨〇 (參照 第50圖)。 [實施例3之第2改變例的第1別例] 繼續’參照第5 1〜5 2圖說明實施例3之第1別例的印刷 配線板。 第5 2圖係顯示第1別例的印刷配線板。第1別例的印刷 配線板’與參照第5 0圖而上述之第2改變例的印刷配線板 相同。但是,上述第2改變例,是在核心基板3 〇收容IC晶 片後形成過渡層38。相對於此,在第1別例,與實施例1同Figure (A)) 〇 (15) Next, the same solder photoresist composition was coated on the substrate 30 at a thickness of 30 Å, and dried under a condition of 7 (rc 20 minutes, tillering conditions), and then drawn. The outer line with the solder ^ is exposed, and the DMTG solution is used to develop the opening s to form an opening 71 (refer to Figure 49 (B)). (16) Next, a solder photoresist layer (organic resin insulation layer) will be formed. The substrate was immersed in the same electroless plating solution as in Example 丨, and a nickel plating layer 72 having a thickness of 5 // m was formed in the opening 71. The substrate was immersed in the same electroless plating as in Example 1. In the liquid, a gold plating layer 74 having a thickness of 0.03 is formed on the nickel plating layer 72, and a solder pad 7 5 is formed on the conductor circuit 158 (refer to FIG. 4 9 (C)). (1 7) After the soldering A solder paste is printed on the opening 7 丨 of the resist layer 7 and the solder bump 76 is formed by reflow at 200 ° C. Then, it is divided into squares to obtain a single piece of printing. Wiring board 丨 〇 (Refer to Fig. 50). [First alternative of the second modification of the third embodiment] Continue to 'Explain actual conditions with reference to Figs. 5 1 to 5 2 The printed wiring board of the first other example of Embodiment 3. Fig. 52 shows the printed wiring board of the first other example. The printed wiring board of the first other example and the second modification described above with reference to Fig. 50 The printed wiring board is the same. However, in the second modification described above, the transition layer 38 is formed after the core substrate 30 receives the IC chip. In contrast, the first modification is the same as the first embodiment.
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第72頁 546999 五、發明說明(70) 樣地在I C晶片形成過渡層38後收容於核心基板。 繼續,參照第5 1圖而說明在核心基板的通孔收納半導 體元件(1C晶片)20A、20B之第52圖所示之第1別例的多 層印刷配線板的製造方法。此處,是在1C晶片20A、20B與 實施例1之製造方法同樣地設置過渡層38。 (1) 首先’以玻璃布等的心材含浸於環氧等的樹脂之預 浸料坯積層之絕緣樹脂基板(核心基板)30為出發材料 (第51圖(A))。接著,在核心基板30的一面,以凹部 (zaguli)加工形成ic晶片收容用的凹部32 (第51圖(B )2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 72 546999 V. Description of the invention (70) After the transition layer 38 is formed on the IC chip, it is housed in the core substrate. Continuing, a method of manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board according to a first alternative shown in FIG. 52 of the semiconductor device (1C wafer) 20A and 20B in the through hole of the core substrate will be described with reference to FIG. 51. Here, the transition layer 38 is provided on the 1C wafers 20A and 20B in the same manner as in the manufacturing method of the first embodiment. (1) First, an insulating resin substrate (core substrate) 30 laminated with a core material such as glass cloth impregnated with a resin such as epoxy is used as a starting material (Fig. 51 (A)). Next, on one side of the core substrate 30, a recessed portion 32 for ic wafer storage is formed as a recessed portion (FIG. 51 (B)).
)。在此,雖以凹部加工設置凹部,但亦可將設有開口之 絕緣樹脂基板與未設有開口的樹脂絕緣基板貼合,形成具 備收容部的核心基板。 (2) 之後,在凹部32以印刷機塗佈接著材料34。此時,塗 佈之外亦可使用灌注。接著將1C晶片20載置於接著材料34 上(第51圖(C ))。 (3) 於是,擠壓、或敲IC晶片2〇的上面而完全收容於凹部 32内(第51圖(D ))。藉此,能使核心基板3〇平滑。以 後的步驟,與參照第47〜49圖而上述之第2改變例相同 省略說明。 在實施例3,於晶粒墊上設置過渡層,能防止塾上的 || 樹脂殘留,而提高晶粒墊與介層窗的接續性和俨賴性。 又,取用多數個具備半導體元件的多層印刷配^板而製 造。於是,裁成單片得到各個多層印刷配線板。所以 效率製造信賴性高的多層印刷配線板。 ^ 546999 五、發明說明(71) 並且,與習之的IC晶片的 &处τ「曰 Η且Μ Α 傅裝方法相比,能縮短IC晶 片〜基板〜外部基板的配線長,亦 ^ ^ ^ ^ . 4兴有減低迴路感抗的效 禾0 [實施例4 ] 以下參照圖說明本發明之實施例4。 如第57圖所示之實施例4的多層印刷配線板1〇,是由 士谷C晶片20之核心基板30,與層間樹脂絕緣層5〇,層間 樹脂絕緣層1 50所組成。在層間樹脂絕緣層5〇上形成有介 層窗60以及導體電路58,而層間樹脂絕緣層15〇上則形成). Here, although the recessed portion is formed by processing the recessed portion, an insulating resin substrate provided with an opening and a resin insulating substrate provided without an opening may be bonded to form a core substrate having a receiving portion. (2) After that, the adhesive material 34 is applied to the recessed portion 32 by a printer. In this case, infusion can be used in addition to the cloth. The 1C wafer 20 is then placed on the bonding material 34 (FIG. 51 (C)). (3) Then, the upper surface of the IC wafer 20 is squeezed or knocked to be completely contained in the recessed portion 32 (Fig. 51 (D)). Thereby, the core substrate 30 can be smoothed. The subsequent steps are the same as those in the second modification described above with reference to Figs. 47 to 49, and description thereof will be omitted. In Embodiment 3, a transition layer is provided on the die pad, which can prevent resin residue on the die, and improve the continuity and reliability of the die pad and the interlayer window. Furthermore, it is manufactured by using a plurality of multilayer printed wiring boards including semiconductor elements. Then, each multilayer printed wiring board was obtained by cutting into a single piece. Therefore, a highly reliable multilayer printed wiring board can be manufactured efficiently. ^ 546999 V. Description of the invention (71) In addition, compared with the conventional IC chip's & method, it can shorten the wiring length of the IC chip ~ substrate ~ external substrate, and also ^ ^ ^ ^. 4 has the effect of reducing loop inductance [Embodiment 4] The following describes Embodiment 4 of the present invention with reference to the drawings. The multilayer printed wiring board 10 of Embodiment 4 as shown in Fig. 57 is composed of The core substrate 30 of the Shigu C wafer 20 is composed of an interlayer resin insulation layer 50 and an interlayer resin insulation layer 150. An interlayer window 60 and a conductor circuit 58 are formed on the interlayer resin insulation layer 50, and the interlayer resin insulation Formed on layer 15
有介層窗160以及導體電路158。ic晶片2〇的裡面安裝有放 熱板44。 在層間树知絕緣層1 5 〇之上,配設有鲜錫光阻層7 〇。 在辉錫光阻層70之開口部71下的導體電路丨58則設置有用 以與未圖式之子板,母板等的外部基板接續之銲錫凸塊 76。 'There are via windows 160 and conductor circuits 158. A heat radiation plate 44 is mounted inside the ic wafer 20. A fresh tin photoresist layer 70 is arranged on the interlayer tree-known insulating layer 150. The conductor circuit 58 under the opening 71 of the tin photoresist layer 70 is provided with a solder bump 76 for connecting to an external substrate such as a daughter board or a mother board (not shown). '
在與實施例1相同的多層印刷配線板丨〇上面,配設有 晶粒墊2 2及配線(未圖式),在該晶粒墊2 2及配線之上, 披覆有鈍態膜,在該晶粒墊形成頓態膜24的開口。晶粒墊 22之上,形成主要以銅組成之過渡層38。過渡層38是由薄 膜層33與電解電鍍膜37所組成。 實施例4的多層印刷配線板丨0,是使核心基板31内藏 1C晶片20,並於該1C晶片20的墊22配設過渡層38。所以, 不使用引腳零件和封裝樹脂,而能取得IC晶片與多層印刷 配線板(構裝基板)的電性接續。又,因為在IC晶片部分A die pad 22 and wiring (not shown) are arranged on the same multilayer printed wiring board as in Example 1, and a passivation film is coated on the die pad 22 and the wiring. An opening of the tunable film 24 is formed in the die pad. On the die pad 22, a transition layer 38 mainly composed of copper is formed. The transition layer 38 is composed of a thin film layer 33 and an electrolytic plated film 37. In the multilayer printed wiring board of the fourth embodiment, a 1C wafer 20 is embedded in the core substrate 31, and a transition layer 38 is disposed on the pad 22 of the 1C wafer 20. Therefore, the electrical connection between the IC chip and the multilayer printed wiring board (construction substrate) can be obtained without using lead parts and packaging resin. Also, because in the IC chip part
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第74頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 74 546999
开y成k渡層3 8,I C晶片部分被平坦化,上層的層間樹脂絕 緣層50亦平坦化,而膜厚度變的均勻。並且,藉由過渡 層,亦可保持形成上層的介層窗時形狀的穩定性。 並且,阳粒塾22上設置銅製的過渡層38,可防止墊22 上的樹脂殘留,又,在後續步驟時浸潰於酸和氧化劑或蝕 刻液中,即使經過各種回火步驟,墊22的變色,溶解亦不 會發生。藉此’可提高IC晶片與介層窗的接續性和信賴 性。並且’在40 //in直徑的塾22上經由60 /zm直徑以上的過 渡層37,可確實地接續6〇 直徑的介層窗。 繼續,參照第5 3〜5 6圖說明實施例4的多層印刷配線板 的製造方法。The y-k layer 38 is flattened, and the IC wafer portion is flattened. The upper interlayer resin insulation layer 50 is also flattened, and the film thickness becomes uniform. In addition, the transition layer can also maintain the shape stability when forming an upper via window. In addition, a copper transition layer 38 is provided on the anode 22 to prevent resin residue on the pad 22, and in the subsequent steps, it is immersed in acid and oxidant or etching solution. Even after various tempering steps, the pad 22 Discoloration does not occur. This' can improve the continuity and reliability of the IC chip and the interlayer window. In addition, through a transition layer 37 having a diameter of 60 / zm or more on a // 22 having a diameter of 40 // in, a via window having a diameter of 60 can be surely connected. Continuing, a manufacturing method of the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 4 will be described with reference to Figs. 5 3 to 56.
(1 ) 以玻璃布等的心材含浸於BT (雙馬來酸酐縮亞胺三 嗪)樹脂、環氧等的樹脂之預浸料坯積層而硬化之厚度〇 · 5mm的核心基板30為出發材料。首先,在核心基板30形成 1C晶片收容用的通孔32 (第53圖(A))。在此,雖使用 心材含浸於樹脂之樹脂基板3 0,但亦可使用不具備心材的 樹脂基板。再者,通孔32的下端開口部設置膠帶32a為 佳。膠帶32a,在後述之加壓,1C晶片20,填充樹脂41、 基板3 0之間不會有氣泡殘留,能提高多層印刷配線板的信 賴性。 (2 ) 之後,在核心基板30的通孔32的底面,貼上UV膠帶 40 (第53圖(B ))。該UV膠帶40可使用y、/于夕:/ 有限公 司製造的Adwill D-201、D-203、D2303DF、D-204、(1) A core substrate 30 having a thickness of 0.5 mm is laminated with a core material such as glass cloth impregnated with a prepreg of BT (bismaleic anhydride imine triazine) resin, epoxy resin, or the like, and hardened. . First, a through hole 32 for 1C wafer accommodation is formed in the core substrate 30 (Fig. 53 (A)). Here, a resin substrate 30 in which a core material is impregnated with a resin is used, but a resin substrate without a core material may be used. Furthermore, it is preferable that the lower end opening portion of the through hole 32 is provided with the adhesive tape 32a. The tape 32a is pressurized as described later, and no bubbles remain between the 1C wafer 20, the filling resin 41, and the substrate 30, which can improve the reliability of the multilayer printed wiring board. (2) Thereafter, a UV tape 40 is attached to the bottom surface of the through hole 32 of the core substrate 30 (Fig. 53 (B)). This UV tape 40 can be used with // Yu Xi: / Adwill D-201, D-203, D2303DF, D-204,
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第75頁 546999 五、發明說明(73) D210、D218 等 i , 離的接著脾帶占射失去接著面的接著力之裝飾用剝 離的按耆修帶。此處,雖佶 化時施加80 °c以上的古孰玄尤4 >帶,亦可使用在暫時硬 ^ ^ ^ 上的冋…、亦不會降低黏著性之各種接著膠 ▼,例如聚亞醯胺膠帶等。 y 上Ζοΐίί於核心基板3°之通孔32_v膠帶40上,以ϋν 、ί # τ Γ曰μ者面接觸晶粒墊38而載置參照第3圖(Β )而上 述之1C日日片2〇 (第53圖(C) ) 〇 (4)在形成於核心基板30之通孔32内填充填充劑41 (第 53 /圖(D ))。填充是以印刷、光罩(mask)印刷、灌注等 進行。該填充劑使用在環氧樹脂、聚亞醯胺樹脂等中配合 咪唑系、胺系、酸酐系等的硬化劑與填充劑(有機粒子、 ,5,子、金屬粒子),以所期望配合溶劑(丙_系、曱 本糸f )之黏度〇 · 1〜5 〇 p a · s的樹脂。填充劑可使用熱硬 化性樹脂、熱可塑性樹脂、或該等的複合體。 (5 )填充劑41之填充後,在1〇分程度減壓室中減壓,進 行除去填充劑41中的氣泡。藉此,填充劑41中沒有氣泡殘 留’能提高多層印刷配線板的信賴性。 (6)以不鏽鋼(SUS)壓板100A、100B從上下方向加壓 10为鐘(第53圖(E))。之後,一邊加壓,一邊以 7 0〜1 2 0 °C加熱3 0分鐘左右,使填充劑4 1暫時硬化。加壓、 ‘加壓以及/或暫時硬化在減壓下進行為適合。減壓,在IC 晶片2 0、核心基板3 〇、填充劑41之間以及填充劑41中沒有 氣泡殘留,能提高多層印刷配線板的信賴性。該加壓之時 在晶粒墊38,因為有UV膠帶40作為緩衝材即使施加壓力,2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 75 546999 V. Description of the invention (73) D210, D218, etc. i. The detached adhesive tape repairs the spleen belt which loses the adhesive force of the adhesive surface. Here, even though Gu Zhi Xuan You 4 > tape with a temperature of 80 ° c or higher is applied, it is also possible to use 冋 on temporarily hard ^ ^ ^, and various adhesives that do not reduce the adhesion ▼ For example, poly Imidic tape, etc. y ZOοΐί is placed on the through-hole 32_v tape 40 at 3 ° of the core substrate, and ϋν, ί # τ Γ μ is in contact with the die pad 38 and is placed with reference to FIG. 3 (B). ○ (Fig. 53 (C)) 〇 (4) Filler 41 is filled in the through-hole 32 formed in the core substrate 30 (Fig. 53 / Fig. (D)). Filling is performed by printing, mask printing, infusion, and the like. This filler uses an epoxy resin, a polyimide resin, and the like to mix an imidazole-based, amine-based, acid-anhydride-based hardener and a filler (organic particles, organic solvents, metal particles, and the like), and mixes the solvent as desired Resin with a viscosity of 0.1 to 50,000 Pa · s (C-series, 曱 本 糸 f). The filler may be a thermosetting resin, a thermoplastic resin, or a composite thereof. (5) After the filling of the filler 41, the pressure is reduced in a decompression chamber of about 10 minutes to remove bubbles in the filler 41. Thereby, no bubbles remain in the filler 41 'can improve the reliability of the multilayer printed wiring board. (6) Stainless steel (SUS) pressure plates 100A and 100B are pressurized from the up and down direction 10 as a bell (Fig. 53 (E)). After that, it is heated at 70 to 120 ° C for about 30 minutes while being pressurized to temporarily harden the filler 41. It is appropriate that pressurization, 'pressurization, and / or temporary hardening is performed under reduced pressure. By reducing the pressure, no air bubbles remain between the IC chip 20, the core substrate 30, the filler 41, and the filler 41, and the reliability of the multilayer printed wiring board can be improved. At the time of this pressing, the die pad 38 has the UV tape 40 as a cushioning material.
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第76頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 76 546999
亦不會損及晶粒墊38。 (7 )對填充劑4 1暫時硬化之核心基板3 〇的u V膠帶4 0 U V照 射而使黏著力喪失後剝落(第54圖(A ))。在實施例4, 因為使用UV膠帶,在IC晶片的晶粒墊3 8上沒有接著劑殘 留’又,能在不傷於晶粒墊3 9下完全剝落。所以,在後續 步驟能適當於晶粒墊38接續介層窗60。 (8 )之後,將IC晶片2 0之裡面侧的填充劑41以及核心基 板30,使用帶狀研磨紙(三共理化學公司製造)的帶狀研 磨機(be It sander)研磨,使1C晶片的裡面侧露出(第54It will not damage the die pad 38. (7) Irradiate the u V tape 40 U V of the core substrate 30 temporarily filled with the filler 41 and peel it off after the adhesive force is lost (Fig. 54 (A)). In Example 4, since a UV tape is used, there is no adhesive residue on the die pad 38 of the IC wafer, and it can be completely peeled off without damaging the die pad 39. Therefore, the interlayer window 60 can be connected to the die pad 38 in the subsequent steps. (8) Thereafter, the filler 41 and the core substrate 30 on the inner side of the IC wafer 20 are polished using a belt grinder (be It sander) of a belt-shaped abrasive paper (manufactured by Sankyo Rika Co., Ltd.) to make the 1C wafer Inside side exposed (p. 54
圖(B ))。在實施例4,因為在填充劑41暫時硬化之狀態 研磨,能輕易進行研磨。 “ (9 )之後,再加熱,使填充材真硬化,而形成收容丨c晶 片20之核心基板30。該真硬化,適合在減壓下進行。藉由 減壓’填充劑41中沒有氣泡殘留,亦不會形成溝。又,能 提高多層印刷配線板的信賴性和平坦性。 (10)在IC晶片2 0的裡面側,經由熱傳導性接著劑(含 有例如金屬粒子)42而安裝放熱板44 (第54圖(C ))。(B)). In Example 4, the polishing can be easily performed because the polishing is performed while the filler 41 is temporarily hardened. "(9) After heating, the filler is really hardened to form the core substrate 30 containing the c-wafer 20. The true hardening is suitable to be performed under reduced pressure. By reducing the pressure, there is no air bubble remaining in the filler 41 No groove will be formed. In addition, the reliability and flatness of the multilayer printed wiring board can be improved. (10) A heat radiation plate is mounted on the inner side of the IC chip 20 via a heat conductive adhesive (containing, for example, metal particles) 42. 44 (Figure 54 (C)).
放熱版能使用鋁、銅等的金屬板、陶瓷板。實施例4,因 為是研磨核心基板30的底部側,而露出!c晶片2〇的底部, 可能在1C晶片的底部安裝放熱板44,能提高ic晶片20之動 .作的穩定性。 (11)在經過上述步驟的基板上,以溫度5 〇〜1 5 0 °C昇溫 並於壓力5kg/cm2真空壓著層壓厚度5〇 v ^的熱硬化型環1 糸樹脂薄片’而設置層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇 (第5 4圖(D )The exothermic plate can use metal plates and ceramic plates such as aluminum and copper. In Example 4, the bottom side of the core substrate 30 was polished and exposed! At the bottom of the c-chip 20, it is possible to install a heat radiation plate 44 at the bottom of the 1C-chip, which can improve the stability of the operation of the ic-chip 20. (11) On the substrate that has undergone the above steps, it is heated at a temperature of 50 ° to 150 ° C, and a thermosetting ring 1 with a thickness of 50 v ^ is laminated under a pressure of 5 kg / cm2 to form a resin sheet. Interlayer resin insulation layer 5 (Fig. 54 (D)
546999 五、發明說明(75) )。真空壓著實的真空度為l〇mmHg。 (12) 接著’以波長10.4//m之C〇2氣體雷射,並以電波546999 V. Description of Invention (75)). The degree of vacuum for vacuum compaction was 10 mmHg. (12) ’followed by a CO2 gas laser with a wavelength of 10.4 // m, and a radio wave
(beam)直徑5mm、最熱模式(top hot mode)、脈衝波 (pulse) 5· 0 //秒、光罩的孔徑〇· 5mm、;[射程的條件,在 層間樹脂絕緣層5 0上設置直徑6 0 // m之介層窗用開口 4 8 (參照第54圖(B ))。使用鉻酸和過錳酸除去開口 48内 的樹脂殘留。在晶粒墊22上設置銅製的過渡層38,藉 此,可提高晶粒墊22與後述之介層窗60的連接性和信胃賴 性。並且,在40 //m直徑之晶粒墊22上經由60 以上的 過渡層38 ’能確實地連接60/zm直徑的介層窗用開。再 者,此處,雖使用氧化劑除去樹脂殘留,但亦可使用氧電 漿和電暈處理而進行去殘潰(desmear)處理。 (13) 接著’藉由浸潰在鉻酸、過猛酸等的氧化劑,設 置層間樹脂絕緣層5 0的粗化面5 0 α (第5 5圖(A ))。兮 粗化面5 0 α,以0 · ;1〜5 // m的範圍形成為佳。其_範例為藉 由在過錳酸鈉溶液50g/l、溫度6〇°C中浸潰5〜25分鐘,而 設置2〜3//m的粗化面50α。除了上述之外,亦能進行電裝 處理在層間樹脂絕緣層5 0的表面設置粗化面5 〇 α。(beam) diameter 5mm, top hot mode, pulse 5 · 0 // second, aperture of the mask 0 · 5mm, [condition of range, set on interlayer resin insulation layer 50 Openings for vias with a diameter of 6 0 // m 4 8 (refer to Figure 54 (B)). Residual resin in the opening 48 was removed using chromic acid and permanganic acid. By providing a copper transition layer 38 on the die pad 22, the connection between the die pad 22 and an interlayer window 60 described later can be improved. Furthermore, the 60 / zm diameter interlayer window can be reliably connected to the 40 // m diameter die pad 22 via a transition layer 38 'of 60 or more. Here, although the resin residue is removed using an oxidizing agent, a desmear treatment may be performed using an oxygen plasma and a corona treatment. (13) Next, the roughened surface 50 0 α of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 is set by immersing in an oxidizing agent such as chromic acid or peracid (Fig. 55 (A)). The roughened surface 5 0 α is preferably formed in a range of 0 ·; 1 to 5 // m. An example of this is to set a roughened surface 50α of 2 to 3 // m by immersing it in a sodium permanganate solution at 50 g / l and a temperature of 60 ° C for 5 to 25 minutes. In addition to the above, it is also possible to perform an electrical equipment treatment to provide a roughened surface 50 α on the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50.
(14) 在形成粗化面5 0 ck的層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇上設置無 電解電鍍膜52 (第55圖(Β))。金屬層52,是以無電解 !鍍形成。藉由預先在層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇的表層賦予把; pal lidium)等的觸媒,並與實施例1同樣地浸潰於無電解 電鍍液中5〜60分鐘,設置0·;[〜5//m範圍的電鍍膜之金屬芦 52。 、 9(14) An electroless plated film 52 is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 forming the roughened surface 50 ck (Fig. 55 (B)). The metal layer 52 is formed by electroless plating. Catalysts such as pal lidium) were applied to the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 in advance, and immersed in an electroless plating solution for 5 to 60 minutes in the same manner as in Example 1 to set 0 ·; [~ 5 // m-plated metal reed 52. , 9
546999 發明說明(76) 除了上述之外,亦可使用與上述之電漿處理同樣的裝 置,於層間樹脂絕緣層50的表面形成Ni-Cu合金52。 (15)在完成上述處理之基板30上,貼合市售的感光性 乾膜,並載置光罩薄片,以l〇mJ/cm2曝光後,以〇·8%碳 酸鈉顯像處理’而設置厚度1 5 // m的電鍍光阻5 4。接著, 以與實施例1相同的條件施予電解電鍍,而形成厚度丨5 “ m 的電解電阻膜56 (參照第55圖(C ))。546999 Description of the invention (76) In addition to the above, a Ni-Cu alloy 52 may be formed on the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 by using the same device as the above-mentioned plasma treatment. (15) A commercially-available photosensitive dry film is attached to the substrate 30 that has undergone the above-mentioned processing, and a photomask sheet is placed, exposed at 10 mJ / cm2, and then developed with 0.8% sodium carbonate. Set the plating photoresist 5 4 with thickness 1 5 // m. Next, electrolytic plating was applied under the same conditions as in Example 1 to form an electrolytic resistance film 56 having a thickness of 5 ”m (see FIG. 55 (C)).
(16 )以5 %NaOH剝離除去電鍍光阻54後,使用硝酸及硫 酸與過氧化氫的混合液蝕刻該電鍍光阻下的金屬層5 2而溶 解除去,形成金屬層52與電解電鍍膜56組成之厚度16 的導體電路5 8及介層窗60,以含有第二銅錯體與有機酸的 姓刻液,形成粗化面5 8 α、6 0 α (參照第5 5圖(D ))。 實施例4 ’參照第5 3圖(Ε )而如上述,核心基板31的上面 完全平滑地形成,所以能以介層窗60取得過渡層38適當地 接續。因此’能提兩多層印刷配線板的信賴性。 (17) 接著,藉由反覆上述(11)〜(16)的步驟,再形成上 層的層間樹脂絕緣層15〇以及導體電路158 (包含介層窗 160 )(第 56 圖(A ))。 曰(16) After stripping and removing the plating photoresist 54 with 5% NaOH, the metal layer 52 under the plating photoresist is etched by using a mixed solution of nitric acid, sulfuric acid, and hydrogen peroxide to dissolve and remove the metal layer 52 and the electrolytic plating film 56. The conductor circuit 58 and the interlayer window 60 with a thickness of 16 are composed of a second copper complex and an organic acid to form a roughened surface 5 8 α, 6 0 α (refer to FIG. 5 (D)) ). Embodiment 4 'Referring to FIG. 53 (E), as described above, the upper surface of the core substrate 31 is completely formed smoothly, so that the transition layer 38 can be obtained through the interlayer window 60 and connected appropriately. Therefore, 'the reliability of two multilayer printed wiring boards can be improved. (17) Next, by repeating the above steps (11) to (16), an upper interlayer resin insulating layer 15 and a conductor circuit 158 (including the interlayer window 160) are formed again (Fig. 56 (A)). Say
(18) 接著,得到調整與實施例1同樣的銲錫光阻組成物 (有機樹脂絕緣材料)。 (19) 接著,在基板3〇上,以2〇#m厚度塗佈上述銲錫光 阻組成物,並以70它2〇分鐘、70 °C 30分鐘的條件進行乾燥 處理後’使描繪有銲錫光阻開口部之圖案的厚度5mm的光 罩密著於銲錫光阻層而以1 00 〇mj/cm2的紫外線曝光,以(18) Next, a solder resist composition (organic resin insulating material) adjusted in the same manner as in Example 1 was obtained. (19) Next, the above-mentioned solder photoresist composition is coated on the substrate 30 at a thickness of 20 # m, and dried at 70 ° C for 20 minutes and at 70 ° C for 30 minutes. A 5 mm-thick reticle with a pattern of the photoresist openings was in close contact with the solder photoresist layer and exposed to ultraviolet light at 100 mj / cm2.
546999 五、發明說明(77) DMTG溶液顯像處理,而 56圖(B) ) 。 $成200 直徑的開口71 (參照第 j Μ接p,二,形成輝锡光阻層(有機樹脂絕緣層)70 之基板的開口部71上形忐泻& e , 丨工巾成厚度5 //m的鎳電鍍層72。再於鎳 一又曰/形成厚度0.〇3//m的金電鍍層74,而於導體電 路158上形成鲜錫塾75 (參照第56¾ (C))。 之後,在銲錫光阻層7 〇的開口部7丨上印刷銲錫膏材 (^paste)·,在200 C藉由軟溶(refl〇w)形成銲錫凸塊76。於 疋以d丨c i ng分割成單片而得多層印刷配線板1 〇 (參照第 57 圖)〇 實施例4,是將晶粒墊38接觸於uv膠帶4〇而載置1(:晶 片20 ’剝離該UV膠帶後,於ic晶片20形成疊合層。所以, 能事當地電性接續IC晶片與疊合層的介層窗6 〇,而可能製 造信賴性高的半導體元件内藏之多層印刷配線板。 如以上記述之實施例4,在核心基板的通孔之底部的 薄板,以薄板接觸端子而載置半導體元件,在該通孔内填 充樹脂後’剝離薄板,而形成疊合層。即,以端子接觸薄 板而載置半導體元件,剝離該薄板後,在半導體元件形成 疊合層,因此可是當電性接續端子與疊合層的配線,而可 能製造信賴性高的半導體元件内藏之多層印刷配線板。 .[實施例5 ] 以下說明本發明之實施例5。 參照顯示多層印刷配線板1 〇之剖面的第6 3圖而說明實 施例5的多層印刷配線板的構成。546999 V. Description of the invention (77) DMTG solution is developed, and 56 (B)). $ 成 200 in diameter of the opening 71 (refer to the jth connection, second, the opening 71 of the substrate forming the tinned photoresist layer (organic resin insulation layer) 70 is formed with a diarrhea & e, and the towel is formed into a thickness of 5 // m of nickel plating layer 72. A nickel plating layer 74 having a thickness of 0.03 // m is then formed on nickel, and fresh tin 塾 75 is formed on the conductor circuit 158 (see section 56¾ (C)). After that, a solder paste (^ paste) is printed on the opening portion 7 丨 of the solder resist layer 70, and a solder bump 76 is formed by softening (reflow) at 200 ° C. Then use dci ng is divided into a single piece and a multi-layer printed wiring board 1 (see FIG. 57). In Example 4, the die pad 38 is brought into contact with the UV tape 4 and placed 1 (wafer 20 'after the UV tape is peeled off) A superposition layer is formed on the IC chip 20. Therefore, it is possible to electrically connect the interlayer window 6 of the IC chip and the superposition layer, and it is possible to manufacture a multilayer printed wiring board embedded in a highly reliable semiconductor element. As above Example 4 described, a thin plate on the bottom of a through hole of a core substrate, a semiconductor element is placed with the thin plate in contact with a terminal, and the through hole is filled with resin to be peeled off That is, a laminated layer is formed. That is, a semiconductor element is placed with a terminal in contact with a thin plate, and after the thin plate is peeled off, a laminated layer is formed on the semiconductor element. Therefore, when the wiring of the terminal and the laminated layer is electrically connected, manufacturing is possible. Multilayer printed wiring board with a highly reliable semiconductor element. [Embodiment 5] Hereinafter, Embodiment 5 of the present invention will be described. Referring to Fig. 63 showing a cross section of the multilayer printed wiring board 10, the description of Embodiment 5 will be described. The structure of a multilayer printed wiring board.
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第80頁 5469992160-3798-pf.ptd p. 80 546999
如、第63圖所示之多層印刷配線板1〇,由收容1(:晶片2〇 之亥〜基板3 0、層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇、層間樹脂絕緣層 1 5 0、層間樹知絕緣層2 5 〇所組成。在層間樹脂絕緣層μ上 形成有/丨、層固6 0以及導體電路5 8,而層間樹脂絕緣層丨5 〇 上則形成有介層窗1 60以及導體電路丨58,層間樹脂絕緣層 250上則形成介層窗260以及導體電路258。 在層間樹脂絕緣層2 5 0之上,配設有銲錫光阻層7 〇。 在銲錫光阻層70之開口部71下的導體電路258則設置有用 以與未圖式之子板,母板等的外部基板接續之BGA76。 BGA76疋配設於1C晶片20之上的區域ri以外的區域R2上。 在1C晶片20上,披覆著保護IC晶片2〇的鈍態膜24,該 鈍態膜24的開口内配設構成輸出端子的晶粒墊以。墊22之 上,形成主要以銅組成之過渡層38。 在1C晶片20,與基板3〇的凹部32之間為填充樹脂材料 之接著材料34。藉由接著材料34,固定IC晶片2〇於基板— 的凹部内。該樹脂填充材料3 4,因為緩合因熱膨脹而發生 之應力,可能防止核心基板3 〇的裂痕,層間樹脂絕緣層 50、150、25 0以及銲錫光阻層70的曲度。所以,能防止發 生於BGA76之周圍等的剝離、裂痕。所以,能防止銲錫凸 塊76的脫落和位置偏移,能提高電性接續性和信賴性。 第6 5圖顯示第6 3圖中的多層印刷配線板1 〇的£ 一 ε剖 面。第6 5圖之點線所表示之内側的區域,是内藏丨c晶片2 〇 的區域R1。第6 5圖之點線的外側實線之内側區域,是沒有 内藏1C晶片20之區域R2。導體電路258,是從區域以到區For example, the multilayer printed wiring board 10 shown in FIG. 63 is composed of a housing 1 (: wafer 20 to substrate 30, an interlayer resin insulation layer 50, an interlayer resin insulation layer 150, and an interlayer tree insulation layer. It is composed of 2 5 0. On the interlayer resin insulating layer μ, //, layer solid 60 and conductor circuit 58 are formed, and on the interlayer resin insulation layer 5 0, interlayer window 1 60 and conductor circuit 58 are formed. On the interlayer resin insulation layer 250, a via window 260 and a conductor circuit 258 are formed. Above the interlayer resin insulation layer 250, a solder photoresist layer 70 is provided. Below the opening 71 of the solder photoresist layer 70 The conductive circuit 258 is provided with a BGA76 connected to an external substrate such as a daughter board or a motherboard, which is not shown. The BGA76 is disposed on a region R2 other than the region ri above the 1C chip 20. On the 1C chip 20, A passivation film 24 covering the IC chip 20 is covered, and a die pad constituting an output terminal is arranged in the opening of the passivation film 24. On the pad 22, a transition layer 38 mainly composed of copper is formed. At 1C Between the wafer 20 and the recessed portion 32 of the substrate 30 is a bonding material 34 filled with a resin material. The material 34 is fixed to the recess of the substrate—the resin filling material 34 can reduce the stress caused by thermal expansion and prevent cracks in the core substrate 30. The interlayer resin insulation layers 50, 150, The curvature of 250 and the solder resist layer 70. Therefore, it can prevent peeling and cracks that occur around the BGA76. Therefore, it can prevent the solder bump 76 from falling off and the position shift, and can improve electrical continuity and reliability. Fig. 65 shows a £? Ε cross section of the multilayer printed wiring board 10 in Fig. 63. The area inside indicated by the dotted line in Fig. 65 is the area R1 in which the c-chip 2 is built. The area inside the solid line outside the dotted line in Fig. 65 is the area R2 without the 1C chip 20. The conductor circuit 258 is from the area to the area.
2160-3798-pf.ptd 第81頁 546999 五、發明說明(79) 域R2以放射線狀廣泛形成。用以與BGA76接續之銲錫凸塊 75,是以格子狀配置於區域R2内。 第6 6圖(A ),係顯示第6 3圖中的多層印刷配線板1 〇 的平面圖。BGA76是以格子狀配置於區域R2内,而與未圖 式之子板、母板等的外部基板接續。再者,BGA76,亦可 以第66圖(B )所示以千鳥狀形成於區域R2内。 實施例5的多層印刷配線板,是在沒有内藏I c晶片2 0 之基板上的區域R2配設BGA76。2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 81 546999 V. Description of the invention (79) The domain R2 is widely formed in a radial pattern. The solder bumps 75 for connecting with the BGA 76 are arranged in a grid pattern in the region R2. Fig. 66 (A) is a plan view showing the multilayer printed wiring board 10 in Fig. 63. The BGA76 is arranged in a grid pattern in the region R2 and is connected to an external substrate such as a daughter board or a mother board (not shown). In addition, BGA76 may be formed in the region R2 in the shape of a thousand birds as shown in FIG. 66 (B). In the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5, BGA76 is arranged in the region R2 on the substrate without the IC chip 20 embedded therein.
總之’藉由在I C晶片2 0之上以外的區域R2配設 BGA76 ’能減小陶瓷組成之熱膨脹係數小的IC晶片2〇,與 樹脂組成之熱膨脹係數大的層間絕緣層5 〇、丨5 〇、2 5 〇以及 與銲錫光阻層70熱膨脹之影響,而能防止BGA76之周圍等 發生的剝離、裂痕。所以,能防止銲錫凸塊76的脫落和位 置偏移’可能提高電性接續性和信賴性。 *又’本實施例之多層印刷配線板丨〇,是在核心基板3〇 内藏1C晶片20,並於該ic晶片20的墊22配設過渡層38。所 以,不使用引腳零件和封裝 印刷配線板(構裝基板)的 部分形成過渡層3 8,I C晶片 脂絕緣層5 0亦平坦化,而膜 渡層,亦可保持形成上層的 並且,晶粒墊22上設置 上的樹脂殘留,又,在後續 刻液中,即使經過各種回火 樹脂,而能取得IC晶片與多層 電性接續。又,因為在IC晶片 部分被平坦化,上層的層間樹 厚度變的均勻。並且,藉由過 介層窗時形狀的穩定性。 銅製的過渡層38,可防止墊22 步驟時浸潰於酸和氧化劑或颠 步驟’墊22的變色,溶解亦不In short, 'BGA76 is provided in the area R2 other than the IC chip 20', which can reduce the IC chip 20 with a small thermal expansion coefficient of the ceramic composition and the interlayer insulating layer 5 with a large thermal expansion coefficient with the resin composition. 〇, 2 〇 and the thermal expansion of the solder resist layer 70, and can prevent peeling and cracks around the BGA76. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the solder bump 76 from falling off and its position being shifted, and it is possible to improve electrical continuity and reliability. * Also, the multilayer printed wiring board of the present embodiment includes a 1C wafer 20 in the core substrate 30, and a transition layer 38 is provided on the pad 22 of the IC wafer 20. Therefore, the transition layer 3 8 is formed without using the pin parts and the package printed wiring board (construction substrate), and the IC wafer grease insulation layer 50 is also flattened, and the film transition layer can also maintain the formation of the upper layer. Residual resin on the pad 22 is provided. In the subsequent etching solution, even if various tempered resins are passed, the IC chip and the multilayer electrical connection can be obtained. In addition, since the IC chip portion is flattened, the thickness of the upper interlayer tree becomes uniform. And, the stability of the shape when passing through the dielectric window. The copper transition layer 38 can prevent the pad 22 from being immersed in acid and oxidant during the step or discoloration and dissolution of the pad 22
546999546999
五、發明說明(80) 會發生。藉此,可提高I C晶片與介層窗的接續性和信賴 性。並且,在40 左右之直徑的墊22上經由60 /zm直徑以 上的過渡層37,可讀實地接續60//m直徑的介層窗。 繼續,參照第58圖〜第62圖說明參照第63圖而上述之 實施例5的多層印刷配線板。 _ (1) 首先,以玻璃布等的心材含浸於環氧等的樹脂之預 浸料述積層之絕緣樹脂基板(核心基板)3〇為出發材料 (第58圖(A ))。接著,在核心基板3〇的一面,以凹部 (zagul i)加工形成1C晶片收容用的凹部32 (第58圖(B) )»在此,雖以凹部加工設置凹部,將設有開口之絕緣樹 脂基板與未設有開口的樹脂絕緣基板貼合,可形成具 容部的核心基板。 ' 俨备:+為内藏IC晶片等的電子零件的樹脂製基板,可使用 等?·強材料和心材含浸於環氧樹月旨、BT樹脂、 亦可:用2樹脂’帛層含浸於環氧樹脂的預浸料坯等,但 二的印刷配線板使用•。除此之外,亦可使用 m:s板、片面板、沒有金屬膜之樹脂板,樹脂薄 =。但疋,施加35(TC以上的溫度時樹脂會完全溶解,碳V. Invention Description (80) will happen. This can improve the continuity and reliability of the IC chip and the via. Furthermore, a 60 // m-diameter interlayer window can be read and solidly connected to the pad 22 having a diameter of about 40 through a transition layer 37 having a diameter of 60 / zm or more. Continuing, the multilayer printed wiring board of the fifth embodiment described above with reference to Fig. 63 will be described with reference to Figs. 58 to 62. _ (1) First of all, an insulating resin substrate (core substrate) 30 laminated with a core material such as glass cloth impregnated with a resin such as epoxy resin is used as a starting material (Fig. 58 (A)). Next, on the side of the core substrate 30, a recessed portion 32 for the 1C wafer accommodation is formed by a recessed portion (zagul i) (Fig. 58 (B)). Here, although the recessed portion is provided by the recessed portion processing, the insulation provided with the opening is provided. The resin substrate is bonded to a resin insulating substrate without an opening, so that a core substrate having a container can be formed. 'How to prepare: + is a resin substrate that contains electronic components such as IC chips. Can it be used? · Strong materials and heartwood are impregnated with epoxy resin, BT resin, or prepreg impregnated with epoxy resin with 2 resin ’s layers, but used for printed wiring boards. In addition, m: s board, sheet board, and resin board without metal film can also be used. However, when the temperature above 35 ° C is applied, the resin will completely dissolve, and the carbon
(佈2)之:ΐ可ί πη!機塗佈接著材料34。此時’塗 上(第58圖tc) /接者將IC晶片20載置於接著材料34 膨脹係數大的樹脂。//,材料’是使用比核心基板30熱 熱膨脹差。 9 及收1C晶片20與核心基板30的(Cloth 2): Can be πη! Machine-coated adhesive material 34. At this time, it is coated (Fig. 58 tc). The IC chip 20 is placed on a resin having a large expansion coefficient of the bonding material 34. //, the material 'uses a thermal expansion difference worse than that of the core substrate 30. 9 and 1C wafer 20 and core substrate 30
546999 五、發明說明(81) (3) 於是,擠壓、或敲IC晶片2〇的上面而完全收容於凹部 3 2内(第5 8圖(D ))。藉此,能使核心基板3 〇平滑。此 時’接著材料34,在1C晶片20的上面有這樣的材料,因為 如後述在1C晶片20的上面設有樹脂層而以雷射設置介声^ 用的開口 ’不會對過渡層與介層窗的接續有影響。 (4) 在經過上述步驟之基板3〇上,將厚度5〇//ιη的熱硬化 型樹脂薄片昇溫至50〜150 °C並於壓力5kg/cm2真空壓、著層 壓而設置層間樹脂絕緣層50 (第59圖(A ))。直*歐曰益 時的真空度為l〇mmHg。 壓者 又,層間樹脂絕緣層5 0,如上述,亦可取代將半硬化 狀態之樹脂於薄膜狀而加熱壓著,將預先調整黏度之樹脂 組成物,以輥筒塗佈和罩幕(curtain)塗佈而塗佈形成。 (5) 接著’以波長ι〇· 4 ;/miC〇2氣體雷射,並以電波 (beam)直徑5mm、最熱模式(top hot mode)、脈衝波 (pu 1 se) 5 · 0 //秒、光罩的孔徑〇 · 5mm、;[射程的條件,在 層間樹脂絕緣層5 0上設置直徑8 0 // m之介層窗用開口 4 8 (參照第59圖(B ))。使用60 °C的過錳酸而除去開口 48 内的樹脂殘留。在晶粒墊22上設置銅製的過渡層38,藉 此’可防止晶粒墊24上的樹脂殘留,並能提高使晶粒墊 24與後述之介層窗60的連接性和信賴性。並且,在4〇 直徑之晶粒墊22上經由60 //m以上的過渡層38,能確實地 連接60 /zm直徑的介層窗用開48。再者,此處,是使用過 錳酸而除去樹脂殘留,但亦可使用氧電漿和電暈處理而進 行去殘渣(desmear)處理。546999 V. Description of the invention (81) (3) Then, the upper surface of the IC wafer 20 is squeezed or knocked to be completely contained in the recess 32 (Fig. 58 (D)). Thereby, the core substrate 30 can be smoothed. At this time, 'the material 34 follows, there is such a material on the 1C wafer 20, because a resin layer is provided on the 1C wafer 20 as described later, and an opening for dielectric sound is provided by laser' will not affect the transition layer and the dielectric. The connection of landing windows has an impact. (4) On the substrate 30 that has undergone the above steps, the thermosetting resin sheet having a thickness of 50 // ιη is heated to 50 to 150 ° C, and laminated with a pressure of 5 kg / cm2 under vacuum, and interlayer resin insulation is provided. Layer 50 (Fig. 59 (A)). The vacuum degree at the time of Ou Yiyi was 10 mmHg. In addition, as described above, the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 can also be used instead of heating and pressing the resin in a semi-hardened state in a thin film shape. The resin composition whose viscosity is adjusted in advance can be coated by a roller and curtain (curtain ) Coating to form. (5) Then 'at a wavelength of ιo 4; / miC〇2 gas laser, and with a beam diameter of 5mm, top hot mode, pulse wave (pu 1 se) 5 · 0 // Second, the aperture of the photomask is 0.5 mm, [the conditions of the range, an interlayer window opening 8 of 8 0 // m in diameter is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 (refer to FIG. 59 (B)). Use 60 ° C permanganic acid to remove the resin residue in the opening 48. By providing a copper transition layer 38 on the die pad 22, the resin on the die pad 24 is prevented from remaining, and the connection and reliability of the die pad 24 and an interlayer window 60 described later can be improved. Furthermore, a 60 / zm diameter interlayer window opening 48 can be reliably connected to the 40 ° -diameter die pad 22 via a transition layer 38 of 60 // m or more. Here, the resin residue is removed using permanganic acid, but a desmear treatment may be performed using an oxygen plasma and a corona treatment.
546999 五、發明說明(82) (6 )接著’藉由浸潰於鉻酸、過錳酸鹽等的氧化劑中,而 叹置層間树月曰絕緣層5 0的粗化面5 〇 α (參照第5 9圖(C ) 。該粗化面5 Ο α ’是以〇 ·;[〜5 // m的範圍形成為佳。其一 範例為>貝於過猛酸鈉溶液5 〇 g / 1、溫度6 〇 t中5〜2 5分 ,而設置2〜3 /zm的粗化面5〇 α。除了上述以外,亦可進 行電漿處理’在層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇的表面形成粗化面5 0 a 〇 (7) 在形成粗化面5 0 α之層間樹脂絕緣層5 〇上,設置金屬 層52 (參照第60圖(Α))。金屬層52,是以無電解電鍍 形成。藉由預先在層間樹脂絕緣層5 0的表層賦予鈀; pal 1 idium)等的觸媒,並浸潰於無電解電鍍液中5~6〇分 鐘,設置以0·;!〜5//m之範圍的電鍍膜之金屬層52。 除了上述之外,亦可使用與電漿處理相同裝置,以Ni 及Cu為靶材而在層間樹脂絕緣層5〇的表面形成Ni/Cll金屬 層52。又,亦可以蒸著、電著等形成金屬膜取代濺鍍。並 且亦可在以濺鍍、蒸著、電著等的物理方法形成薄附加層 後,施予無電解電鍍。 (8) 在完成上述處理之基板30,貼合市售的感光性乾膜, 並載置光罩薄片’而以10mJ/cm2曝光後,以〇· 8 %碳酸鈉 顯像處理,而設置厚度15 μιη的電鍍光阻54。(參照第60 ‘圖(B ))接著’以與實施例1相同條件施予電解電鍍,而 形成厚度15 μιη的電解電阻膜56 (參照第6〇圖(C ))。 (9) 以5 %NaOH剝離除去電鍍光阻54後,使用硝酸及硫酸 與過氧化氫的混合液蝕刻該電鍍光阻下的金屬層5 2而溶解546999 V. Description of the invention (82) (6) Then, by immersing in an oxidizing agent such as chromic acid, permanganate, and the like, a rough surface 5 0α of the interlayer tree month insulation layer 50 (refer to Fig. 59 (C). The roughened surface 5 Ο α 'is preferably formed in the range of 0 ·; [~ 5 // m. An example is > 1. 5 to 25 minutes at a temperature of 60 °, and a roughened surface of 50 ° to 2 ° / zm is provided. In addition to the above, a plasma treatment may be performed to form a rough surface on the surface of the interlayer resin insulation layer 50. Metalized surface 5 0 a 〇 (7) A metal layer 52 is provided on the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 forming the roughened surface 50 0 α (see FIG. 60 (A)). The metal layer 52 is formed by electroless plating Catalysts such as palladium; pal 1 idium) are preliminarily provided on the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50, and immersed in an electroless plating solution for 5 to 60 minutes, and set to 0 · !! ~ 5 // The metal layer 52 of the plating film in the range of m. In addition to the above, a Ni / Cll metal layer 52 may be formed on the surface of the interlayer resin insulating layer 50 using Ni and Cu as targets using the same device as the plasma treatment. In addition, instead of sputtering, a metal film may be formed by vapor deposition or electric writing. It is also possible to apply electroless plating after forming a thin additional layer by physical methods such as sputtering, evaporation, and electrodeposition. (8) After the above-mentioned substrate 30 is completed, a commercially-available photosensitive dry film is bonded, a photomask sheet is placed thereon, and the film is exposed at 10 mJ / cm2, and then developed with 0.8% sodium carbonate to develop a thickness. 15 μιη plated photoresist 54. (Refer to FIG. 60 ('FIG. (B)) Next') Electrolytic plating was applied under the same conditions as in Example 1 to form an electrolytic resistance film 56 having a thickness of 15 μm (refer to FIG. 60 (C)). (9) After stripping and removing the photoresist 54 with 5% NaOH, the mixed solution of nitric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide is used to etch the metal layer 52 under the photoresist to dissolve.
Hi 2160-3798-pf.ptd 第85頁 546999 五、發明說明(83) G雷L1金屬層52與電解電鑛膜56組成之厚度16⑽的 第二i t介層窗60 (參照第61 ®(A))。使用氣化 j、氟化第二鐵、過酸鹽類、過氧化氫/硫酸、 等為餘刻液。繼續,以含有第二銅錯體斑 ,機广的則液,形成粗化面58a、6Qa (參照第, U5 ) ) 〇 (10) 接著,藉由重複上述(7)〜(12)的步驟,再形成上層 間150及導體電路158 (包含介層窗16〇 )(參照第6; (11) 接著,得到調整為與實施例丨同樣的銲錫光阻組成 物。 d2)接著,在基板30上,以20/zm的厚度塗佈上述銲錫光 阻組成物,進行乾燥處理後,使光罩密著於銲錫光阻層7〇 而形成20 0 直徑的開口71 (參照第62圖(A ))。 (1 3 )接著,在形成銲錫光阻層(有機樹脂絕緣層)之 基板的開口部71形成厚度5//111之鎳電鍍層72。再於鎳電鍍 層72上形成厚度〇·〇3απι之金電鍍層74,而於導體電路258 上形成銲錫墊7 5 (參照第6 2圖(Β ))。 0 4)之後,在銲錫光阻層7〇的開口部71上印刷銲錫膏材 (paste),銲錫膏材可使用 Sn/pt)、Sn/Sl)、Sn/Ag、Hi 2160-3798-pf.ptd Page 85 546999 V. Description of the invention (83) The second it interposer window 60 with a thickness of 16 组成 consisting of the G1 L1 metal layer 52 and the electrolytic power ore film 56 (refer to section 61 ® (A )). Gasification j, fluorinated second iron, peracids, hydrogen peroxide / sulfuric acid, etc. are used as the remaining liquid. Continue to form a roughened surface 58a, 6Qa (see No. U5) with a second copper distorted spot and a wide range of liquid, and then repeat the steps (7) to (12) above. Then, the upper interlayer 150 and the conductor circuit 158 (including the interlayer window 16) are formed (refer to No. 6; (11). Next, a solder resist composition adjusted to the same as in Example 丨 is obtained. D2) Next, on the substrate 30 Then, the solder resist composition is applied at a thickness of 20 / zm, and after the drying process, the mask is adhered to the solder resist layer 70 to form an opening 71 having a diameter of 20 ° (refer to FIG. 62 (A)). ). (1 3) Next, a nickel plating layer 72 having a thickness of 5 // 111 is formed in the opening portion 71 of the substrate on which the solder photoresist layer (organic resin insulating layer) is formed. Then, a gold plating layer 74 having a thickness of 0.03αm is formed on the nickel plating layer 72, and a solder pad 7 5 is formed on the conductor circuit 258 (see FIG. 62 (B)). 0 4) After that, a solder paste is printed on the opening 71 of the solder photoresist layer 70. The solder paste can be Sn / pt), Sn / Sl), Sn / Ag,
Sn/Ag/Cu等。當然亦可使用放射線的低α線型的銲錫膏 材。繼續’在2 0 〇 C藉由軟溶(re f 1 ow )在未内藏丨c晶片2 〇 之區域R2内以格子狀(或千鳥狀)配設BGA 76 (第63圖、第Sn / Ag / Cu, etc. Of course, a radiation low-α-type solder paste can also be used. Continuing ’BGA 76 (Fig. 63, Fig. 63) is arranged in a grid (or a thousand bird shape) in a region R2 that does not contain 丨 c wafer 2 〇 at 200 ℃ by soft solution (re f 1 ow).
第86頁 2160-3798-pf.ptd 546999Page 86 2160-3798-pf.ptd 546999
料坯積層之絕緣樹脂基板(核心基板)30為出 68圖⑷)。接著,在核心基板3〇的一面,以凹材枓(第 (zaguli)加工形成1C晶片收容用的凹部32 (第68圖(b (2) 之後,在凹部32以印刷機塗佈接著材料34。此 佈之外亦可使用灌注。接著將1(:晶片2〇載置於 材料1 上(第68 圖(C) )。 (3) 於是,擠壓、或敲IC晶片2〇A、2〇B的上面而完全 於凹部32内(第69圖(A))。藉此,能使核心基板3〇 滑。 (4) 之後,對收容IC晶片2 0的核心基板3 〇進行蒸著、濺鍍 等的物理蒸著,全面性形成導電性的金屬膜33 (第69圖又 (B))。該金屬較佳以1層以上的錫、鉻、鈦、錄、亞 鉛、鈷、金、銅等金屬形成。厚度以〇· 〇〇卜2· 〇 "m之間形 成為佳。特佳為〇·〇1〜1·〇 的厚度。 在金屬膜33之上,亦可藉由無電解電鍍形成電鍍膜36 (第69圖(C))。形成之電鍍的種類為銅、鎳、金、 銀、亞錯、鐵等。因為電特性、經濟性還有在後續形成之 疊合層之導電層主要為銅,因此較佳使用銅。其厚度以 1〜20//m的範圍進行為佳。 ι(5)·之後,塗佈光阻層,而曝光、顯像,於1C晶片20 的墊22的上部設置開口而設置電鍍光阻35,並施加無電解 電鍍而設置無電解電鍍膜37 (第70圖(A))。除去電鍍 光阻35後’除去電鍍光阻3 5下的無電解電鍍膜36、金屬膜The insulating resin substrate (core substrate) 30 laminated on the blank is shown in Fig. 68). Next, on one side of the core substrate 30, a recessed portion 32 for 1C wafer storage is formed by a recessed material (Zaguli) (Fig. 68 (b (2)), and then the adhesive material 34 is applied to the recessed portion 32 by a printer. .Infusion can also be used in addition to this cloth. Then 1 (: wafer 20 is placed on material 1 (Figure 68 (C)). (3) Then, the IC wafer 20A, 2 is squeezed or knocked. The upper surface of 〇B is completely inside the recessed portion 32 (FIG. 69 (A)). As a result, the core substrate 30 can be slipped. (4) Thereafter, the core substrate 30, which houses the IC chip 20, is vaporized. Physical evaporation, such as sputtering, forms a conductive metal film 33 (Figure 69 and (B)). The metal is preferably made of more than one layer of tin, chromium, titanium, zinc, lead, cobalt, and gold. Metals such as copper and copper. The thickness is preferably formed between 0.00 and 2.0 m. Particularly preferred is a thickness of 0.001 to 1.0. The metal film 33 can also be formed by Electroless plating is used to form a plating film 36 (Fig. 69 (C)). The types of electroplating are copper, nickel, gold, silver, meta, iron, etc. Because of electrical characteristics, economy, and superposition in subsequent formations Layer guide The electrical layer is mainly copper, so it is preferable to use copper. The thickness is preferably in the range of 1 to 20 // m. (5) After that, a photoresist layer is coated, and exposed and developed. An opening is provided at the upper portion of the pad 22 to provide a plating photoresist 35, and electroless plating is applied to provide an electroless plating film 37 (FIG. 70 (A)). After removing the plating photoresist 35, the plating resist 35 is removed. Electroless plating film 36, metal film
2160-3798.pf.ptd 第88頁 546999 五、發明說明(86) 33,而在1C晶片的晶粒墊22上形成過渡層38 (第70圖(B ))。此處’雖以電鍍光阻形成過渡層,但亦可在無電解 電鑛膜36之上均一地形成電解電鍍膜厚,形成蝕刻光阻, 曝光顯像而露出過渡層以外的部分的金屬而進行蝕刻,而 在I C晶片的晶粒墊上形成過渡層。該場合,電解電鍍膜的 厚度為1〜2 0 // ra為佳。比該厚度厚時,蝕刻時將引起底 切’在形成之過渡層與介層窗界面會發生空隙。 (6)·接著’藉由以喷霧器(spray)吹附蝕刻液於基板 上,蝕刻過渡層38的表面形成粗晝面38α (第70圖(c) )。之後的步驟與實施例5相同因此省略說明。 [比較例3 ] 說明比較例3之多層印刷配線板。在上述之實施例5, 是在1C晶片之上外的區域R2内配置BGA 76。相對於此,比 較例3是在如第6 6圖(C )所示之銲錫光阻層上均一地配置 BGA 76。總之,區域ri,與區域R2沒有區別,在銲錫光阻 層全面以格子狀(full grid狀)狀形成BGA 76。 實施例5之多層印刷配線板,與比較例之多層印刷配 線板,分別與外部基板接續後,使電性接續而進"行以下之 項目的評價。 ①與外部基板構裝後有無裂痕和剝離 t②有無BGA之不具合 ③ 信賴性試驗後與外部基板構裝後有無裂痕和剝離 ④ 信賴性試驗後有無BGA之不具合 ⑤ 接觸電阻的測定 546999 五、發明說明(87) 實施例5之多層印刷配線板,能得到適合的結果,但 比較例3,在BGA的周邊發現有裂痕和剝離。又,亦確認了 接觸電阻的增加。如第64圖所示,使用PGa取代BGA的場合 亦得到相同結果。 如以上記述之實施例5,區別多層印刷配線板之半導 體元件内藏之基板上的區域’與未内藏半導體元件之基板 上的區域。於是,纟未内藏半導體元件之基板 設外部接續端子(BGA/PGA)。總之,藉由在未内域導 減小熱膨脹之影響,而能防止子(BG顧)’可 周圍等發生剝離、裂痕。因此 π端子(BGA/PGA)的 (BGA/PGA)的脫落和位置偏移, 外部接續端子 賴性。 提高電性接續性和信2160-3798.pf.ptd Page 88 546999 V. Description of the invention (86) 33, and a transition layer 38 is formed on the die pad 22 of the 1C wafer (Fig. 70 (B)). Here, although the transition layer is formed by electroplating photoresist, it is also possible to uniformly form an electrolytic plating film thickness on the electroless electrostrip film 36 to form an etching photoresist, and expose the image to expose the metal other than the transition layer. Etching is performed to form a transition layer on the die pad of the IC wafer. In this case, the thickness of the electrolytic plating film is preferably 1 to 2 0 // ra. If it is thicker than this thickness, undercutting will cause an undercut at the interface between the formed transition layer and the interlayer window during etching. (6) · Next, the surface of the transition layer 38 is etched to form a rough day surface 38α by spraying an etching solution on the substrate with a spray (Fig. 70 (c)). The subsequent steps are the same as those in the fifth embodiment, and therefore descriptions thereof are omitted. [Comparative Example 3] A multilayer printed wiring board of Comparative Example 3 will be described. In the fifth embodiment described above, the BGA 76 is arranged in the region R2 above and outside the 1C wafer. In contrast, in Comparative Example 3, the BGA 76 is uniformly arranged on the solder photoresist layer as shown in FIG. 6 (C). In short, the area ri is no different from the area R2, and the BGA 76 is formed in a full grid shape on the entire surface of the solder resist layer. The multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5 and the multilayer printed wiring board of Comparative Example were each connected to an external substrate, and then the electrical connection was performed. The following items were evaluated. ① Whether there is crack or peeling after mounting with external substrate t② Whether there is no crack or peeling after mounting BGA ③ Whether there is crack or peeling after mounting with outer substrate after reliability test ④ Whether there is no BGA after reliability test or not ⑤ Measurement of contact resistance 546999 5. Description of the invention (87) In the multilayer printed wiring board of Example 5, suitable results were obtained, but in Comparative Example 3, cracks and peeling were found around the BGA. Also, an increase in contact resistance was confirmed. As shown in Figure 64, the same results were obtained when PGA was used instead of BGA. As in the fifth embodiment described above, a region on a substrate included in a semiconductor element of a multilayer printed wiring board is distinguished from a region on a substrate without a semiconductor element embedded therein. Therefore, external connection terminals (BGA / PGA) are provided on the substrates without built-in semiconductor elements. In short, by reducing the influence of thermal expansion in the non-internal domain, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of peeling and cracks in the periphery of the daughter (BG Gu) '. Therefore, the detachment of the π terminal (BGA / PGA) and the position deviation of the π terminal (BGA / PGA) depend on the external connection terminals. Improve electrical continuity and reliability
2160-3798-pf.ptd2160-3798-pf.ptd
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2000290232 | 2000-09-25 | ||
JP2000290231 | 2000-09-25 | ||
JP2000382813 | 2000-12-15 | ||
JP2000382806 | 2000-12-15 | ||
JP2000382807 | 2000-12-15 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW546999B true TW546999B (en) | 2003-08-11 |
Family
ID=29741098
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW90108562A TW546999B (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2001-04-10 | Semiconductor element, method of manufacturing semiconductor element, multi-layer printed circuit board, and method of manufacturing multi-layer printed circuit board |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TW546999B (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI569696B (en) * | 2012-10-19 | 2017-02-01 | 海成帝愛斯股份有限公司 | Method of manufacturing circuit board and chip package and circuit board manufactured by using the method |
CN112928227A (en) * | 2021-01-28 | 2021-06-08 | 厦门天马微电子有限公司 | Display panel packaging structure, preparation method thereof and display panel |
-
2001
- 2001-04-10 TW TW90108562A patent/TW546999B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI569696B (en) * | 2012-10-19 | 2017-02-01 | 海成帝愛斯股份有限公司 | Method of manufacturing circuit board and chip package and circuit board manufactured by using the method |
CN112928227A (en) * | 2021-01-28 | 2021-06-08 | 厦门天马微电子有限公司 | Display panel packaging structure, preparation method thereof and display panel |
CN112928227B (en) * | 2021-01-28 | 2022-10-18 | 厦门天马微电子有限公司 | Display panel packaging structure, preparation method thereof and display panel |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
KR101093471B1 (en) | Semiconductor element, method of manufacturing semiconductor element, multi-layer printed circuit board, and method of manufacturing multi-layer printed circuit board | |
JP4270769B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of multilayer printed wiring board | |
JP4953499B2 (en) | Printed wiring board | |
TW200531237A (en) | Semiconductor device and method of fabricating the same | |
JP5505433B2 (en) | Printed wiring board | |
JP2002170921A (en) | Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method | |
JP2001339165A (en) | Multilayer printed wiring board and package board | |
JP4108285B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of multilayer printed wiring board | |
JP4869488B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of multilayer printed wiring board | |
JP4248157B2 (en) | Multilayer printed wiring board | |
JP4243922B2 (en) | Multilayer printed wiring board | |
JP2002246758A (en) | Printed-wiring board | |
JP2002170840A (en) | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device and multi-layer printed circuit board including the same | |
JP4934900B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of multilayer printed wiring board | |
JP2002100870A (en) | Printed wiring board and manufacturing method thereof | |
TW546999B (en) | Semiconductor element, method of manufacturing semiconductor element, multi-layer printed circuit board, and method of manufacturing multi-layer printed circuit board | |
JP4108270B2 (en) | Multilayer printed wiring board and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP4797407B2 (en) | Wiring substrate manufacturing method, semiconductor chip mounting substrate manufacturing method, and semiconductor package manufacturing method | |
JP2002118367A (en) | Printed wiring board and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP2001068856A (en) | Insulation resin sheet and its manufacture | |
JP2002246504A (en) | Method for producing multilayer printed wiring board incorporating semiconductor element | |
JP2002050874A (en) | Multilayer printed wiring board and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP2002271034A (en) | Printed wiring board and manufacturing method therefor | |
JP2005166902A (en) | Semiconductor chip mounting substrate, semiconductor package, and manufacturing method of them | |
JP4033639B2 (en) | Multilayer printed wiring board |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
GD4A | Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent | ||
MK4A | Expiration of patent term of an invention patent |